Home

SANWatch® User`s Manual

Contents

1. May v 2007 H SUN MON TUE WED THR FRI SAT 1 iB 4 5 a r 6 F B 3 10 i 12 d ne 13 14 i15 16 17 18 19 al 21 22 E ba Es be Snapshot_test01 S S Snanchat tanini AA Cnanchat st01 Snapshot_test01 Snapshot_test01 Snapshot_test01 Create New Schedule r a E Edit Snapshot_test01 l nl z p i EF Delete Snapshot_test01 PL Snapshot_test01 Snapshot_test01 Snapshot_test01 Snapshot_test01 Snapshot_test01 15 36 Snapshot Scheduler amp Prune Policy Configuration Data Service Snapshot Planned schedules will be listed on the calendar You can select a day and then right click to display the Create New Schedule Edit or Delete schedule commands Table View and Scheduler Events To access the Table View click on the Table View check circle 1 Select the Table View check circle View and ot Schedules e Calendar 9 Table View o Schedule Event Log Schedule s TR2F470G0S7 4874 732F 470806734874 0 4 Snapshot tesi amp Snapshot terol Prune Rule Corresponding Prune Rule type l Status Last Start Tino Next Start Tine 2007 05 22 PM 03 2007 05 21 200 Every S How 2007 05 22 PM 03 2007 05 21 PM 04 2007 05 21 200 Every 1 Hour 2007 05 21 PM 03 On Schedule Right click to display the command menu You may select an existing schedule by a mouse click or right click on the Schedule s list to display
2. NOTE More device dependent information is provided in the System Information window To access the System Information window please refer to Chapter 6 12 5 Information Summary The Information Summary window displays key information on the subsystem currently selected including the RAID controller s I O channels connection speeds logical drive status LUN mapping status etc Enclosure View RAID sBOD ChI 2 1D 113 na 76058 Status Good phim 2 06B Information Summary sssssaar Fan 0 functioning normally Fan 1 functioning normally Fan 2 functioning normally Device D lFan 3 functioning normally 4 Controller CPU PPC750 Cache 256MB ECC SDRAM Firmware 3 4 A Bootrecord 1 31K SN 12 Power Supply 0 functioning normally Power Supply 1 functioning normally SA Channel channel 0 Host Fibre Speed 2 Gezi Ap Channel Channel 4 Host Fibre speed Auto Channel Channel 3 Recom Fibre Speed Auto I Logical Drive Io 704B64AE RAID 5 B000MB coo Lun ich ID 0 SCSI ID 0 LUN 0 Figure 12 6 Information Summary 12 6 Enclosure Display Chapter 13 NPC Utility Installation This chapter introduces the NPC utility The following topics are discussed The NPC Utility Section 13 1 13 1 1 The NPC Utility 13 1 2 To Access the Utility Configuring the Utility Options Section 13 2 13 2 1 SSL 13 2 2
3. Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Harme RootAgent Setting h F boni e o e T e T A Beea hoe oooO SSS Ager PS 182 168 a Agent IP 6 192 168 SANWatch User s Manual Agent IF 1 a 168 Step 3 Enter the IP address of the array you wish the Root Agent to manage Click OK to complete the process An example is shown below Add Monitor Controller l q x Agent IF s 4 3 3 Root Agent Log Settings Following are the methods used to keep an administrator constantly notified of the status of managed arrays As shown in the following screen captures when properly configured the Root Agent Log allows an administrator to receive event logs for all managed arrays for every preset time period To configure the Root Agent Log settings t Step 1 Enable the function by double clicking the Current Value field in the Status field amp t Step 2 Set an SMTP server address in the SMTP server field so that event log emails can be sent to the administrator t Step 3 Set a valid mail address in the Sender mailbox field and an administrator s email address in the Recipient Email field 412000 lt Root Agent Configuration Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options i t Step 4 The Send period hour determines how often an administrator receives event log notifications Module Contig Plugin Create Plugin Module Mare RootAgent log wae dS SMPs O hoaa
4. ea Current value Severity Agent IP 1 192 168 Agent IP 2 192 168 Agent IP 3 192 168 192 168 A 192168 192 168 Figure 4 5 The Root Agent List If you like to start using the SANWatch manager please refer to Section 5 2 An Agent List window will automatically display the controllers that were detected by the Auto Discovery option 4 6 Event Severity Levels SANWatch classifies disk array events into three severity levels Level 1 includes non critical information events such as initialization of the controller and initiation of the rebuilding process Level 2 severity includes events which require the issuance of a warning message Level 3 severity is the most serious level and includes events that need immediate attention The following provides example events for each level 4 6 1 Level 1 Severity Events Examples Controller Initialization Complete Rebuild Initiated Rebuild Complete Event Severity Levels 4 33 SANWatch User s Manual Rebuild Failed Logical Drive Initialization Started Logical Drive Initialization Complete Logical Drive Initialization Failed 4 6 2 Level 2 Severity Events Examples SCSI Target Select Timeout SCSI Target Phase Signal Error SCSI Target Unexpected Disconnect SCSI Target Negotiation Error SCSI Target Timed Out SCSI Target Parity Error SCSI Bus Reset Issued SCSI Target Not Rea
5. A if Maintenance _ Logical Drives 3 Physical Drives 7 Task Schedules El E Configuration Figure 6 15 Performance Statistics Window A double click on the performance graph will bring out a larger performance window Cache Dirty If you select Cache Dirty check box a window similar to the one shown above will appear The percentage of the cache blocks in use is displayed in numbers and the cache hits average is displayed as a graph The Cache Dirty rate provides cached writes data over the last few minutes and indicates data caching consistency and frequency The Information Category 6 21 SANWatch User s Manual 6 22 6 7 6 7 1 Disk Read Write Performance MB s If you select Disk R W Performance check box a statistic window will appear showing the read write performance A real time view of current activity is provided as a graph and the performance data is constantly updated and displayed as MB s The Maintenance Category The Maintenance category provides access to logical and physical drives and performs maintenance functions that help ensure the integrity of the configured arrays The operation of the Maintenance window also includes access through the Navigation Panel and a functional window To access the maintenance category either select the icon from the navigation tree or go to the Action command menus and then select Maintenance on the top of the screen FESANWatch l System Lan
6. D 3 This appendix provides direction to additional references that may be useful in creating and operating a RAID and in using SANWatch and SANWatch Manager Java Runtime Environment JRE Java Runtime Environment is a shareware product from Sun Solaris Two websites that may be of use relative to JRE are The main Java website URL java sun com The JRE download website URL www sun com software solaris jre download html SANWatch Update Downloads amp Upgrading Infortrend will provide SANWatch Agent and SANWatch Manager updates periodically both via our ftp server and as new CD releases Our ftp site can be accessed via our website at ftp infortrend com tw Uninstalling SANWatch SANWatch agents Configuration Client and SANWatch Manager can be uninstalled Choose the Uninstall icon in the SANWatch group Click on the Uninstall button on the bottom of the uninstallation program window to start the uninstall process The SANWatch program will be uninstalled and files will be removed from your computer Click Uninstall button to remove all components from installation Uninstall All installed components WU Uninstall Figure D 1 SANWatch Uninstallation Program Additional References App 19 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank App 20 Additional References
7. Disabled licability Undefined LUK s Onl 7 Step 3 Leave other options at their defaults In band should work fine by setting these two options 1 Be sure to change the Peripheral Device Type to suit your operating system after the in band host links have been properly connected 2 Operating Infortrend RAID systems does not require OS driver If you select All Undefined LUNs in the LUN Applicability menu every mapped volume will cause a message prompt in the OS asking for the support driver In band SCSI Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options This chapter describes the Configuration Client options There are a number of different items that users can configure These include the Root Agent and RAID Agents relationship and the configuration options concerning event notification The following sections are covered in this chapter The Configuration Client Utility Section 4 1 page 4 2 4 1 1 Start the Configuration Client 4 1 2 Setting Up a Root Agent Configuration Client Section 4 2 page 4 7 4 2 1 Command Menu 4 2 2 Tool Bar Buttons 4 2 3 Connection View Window 4 2 4 Module Configuration Window Root Agent Configuration Section 4 3 page 4 10 4 3 1 Root Agent Settings 4 2 2 Tool Bar Buttons 4 3 3 Root Agent Log Settings 4 3 4 Create Plug ins Event Notification Settings Section 4 4 page 4 13 4 4 1 Configuration Client Notification Methods 4 4 2 Eve
8. Dual Redundant Controller Models EonStor 2510FS 2 hosts and 2 drive RCCOMs a total of 4 I O 4 channels RH EonStor 2510FS 2 hosts 2 dedicated RCCOMs and 2 drives a 6RH total of 6 I O channels Table 8 1 Dual Redundant Controller Channel Modes Dual Single Controller Models EonStor 2510FS 4D 2 hosts and 2 drives per controller a total of 8 I O channels EonStor 2510FS 6D 2 hosts and 4 drives or 4 hosts and 2 drives per controller a total of 12 I O channels Table 8 2 Dual Single Controller Channel Modes For more information about all possible combinations please refer to the Installation and Hardware Reference Manual that came with your controller For the latest ASIC400 series there are preset dedicated SATA channels for RCC communications and there is no need to configure specific host drive channels for RCC communications User Configurable Channel Parameters Chapter 8 Channel Configuration 8 2 2 Termination This parameter enables or disables channel SCSI termination on subsystems featuring SCSI host channels SCSI buses must be properly terminated at both ends that is when connecting one end of a SCSI cable to a host HBA the termination of the channel must be enabled on the subsystem side An alternate configuration should be applied when multiple enclosures are cascaded on the host buses An enclosure situated in the middle of a SCSI bus should have its termination set to disabled iD IM
9. Module Name fRoot gent Setting H RootAgent Setting RootAgent log Guest password SNMP trap Email Broadcast Fax ICQ MSN messenger Short Message Service Av Agent IP 1 192 168 199 238 fa SANWatch can automatically notify system administrators of event occurrences and status changes Event Notification is managed by a SANWatch s sub module Configuration Client that is installed onto a management station and runs independently from the main manager program Notifications can be sent via the Internet as email messages via a local network as a broadcast message SNMP traps MSN messenger SMS short message or via fax modem as fax messages without location constraints To setup the event notification options please refer to Chapter 4 in this manual 1 2 4 Java based Remote Management SANWatch supports local or remote management of Infortrend EonStor subsystems over a LAN or WAN using the TCP IP protocol SANWatch can be highly flexible in terms of its access routes to a RAID subsystem When the Custom installation mode is chosen during the installation process three 3 installation schemes are available for you to select using the install shield program Below sections are the explanations of the three Custom Mode options Pi infortrend SANWatch Setup Click the type of Setup you prefer then click Next C Tical Install SAN Watch program RAID Agent and drivers into host computer R
10. Software Setup Software Setup Chapter 3 Installation Leo utilities E CoE nj a mamng asl mH i EA Network fo 4 eS n i k E PEARES Disk Utility Grab Grapher TE Desktop i Q i g i root u i i Installer Java Keychain Access Iai f A Applications l 7 o i A i k 7 f Migration Assistant Network Utility fi 3 lt l cy rs 7 ODBC Administrator Printer Setup Utility System Profiler X be 1 of 23 selected 143 18 GB available SS A Step3 Click on the Lock icon on the lower left of the screen before you make configuration changes wNeunro manager voma EDIT LATECTOTY aliases gi upi i machines TUES networks printers protecols rpes Valais localhost local lt mo value 2 trusted networks he lock to prevent further changes Locate the Security item from the top menu bar Select Enable the administrator s password to authenticate yourself root user You will have to enter From this screen you can also enter a new password for root access Select users in the middle column as shown in the diagram above Provide the administrative password as prompted Find the password field click on the value field to alter it it should contain just the as an encrypted password Double click and then enter a new password Make sure there are no spaces left in t
11. ei UN s gt E rLogical Drive s Molumels for Primary Partition s of LD 3359534 Index 0 Offset OMB Size 2000MB Map LUN Cancel 10 2 LUN Mapping 10 2 1 Mapping a Complete Logical Drive or Logical Volume Step t Step Step 1 Follow the steps listed in Section 10 1 above to access the Host LUN Mapping window 2 Select the appropriate Channel Host ID and LUN numbers from the separate pull down lists 3 Select a Logical Drive or Logical Volume and then select a partition from the Partition color bar by a single mouse click The partition bar appears on the right hand side of the screen Carefully check the partition s index number before making the host LUN mapping 4 Click on the Map LUN button to complete the process F Add new LUN to host mChannel ID s LUN Map Setting s ps E LUN s ly rLogical Drive s Molumels for Primary Partition s of LD 3359534 Index 0 Offset OMB Size 2000MB Map LUN Cancel 10 4 LUN Mapping Chapter 10 LUN Mapping 10 2 2 Map a Logical Drive or Volume Partition to a Host LUN a t Step 1 First make sure your logical drives or logical volumes have been appropriately partitioned oe Step 2 Follow the steps listed in Section 10 1 above to access the LUN Map Setting window amp Step 3
12. Drive Delayed Write This option applies to SATA disk drives which may come with embedded buffers When enabled write performance may improve However this option should be disabled for mission critical applications In the event of power outage or drive failures data cached in drive buffers may be lost and data inconsistency will occur The default setting is Disabled This function is only applicable on RAID subsystems running Firmware 3 47 or above using SATA hard drives Disk I O Timeout Sec This is the time interval for the subsystem to wait for a drive to respond to I O requests Selectable intervals range from 1 to 10 seconds SAF TE SES Device Check Period Sec If enclosure devices in your RAID enclosure are being monitored via SAF TE SES enclosure service use this function to decide at what interval the subsystem will check the status of these devices Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap Sec The subsystem scans drive buses at this interval to check if a failed drive has been replaced Once a failed drive is replaced firmware automatically commence a Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters 7 15 7 16 SANWatch User s Manual rebuild on the logical drive The Default drive bus check time is 1 second which is different from this option Auto Rebuild check time Maximum Tag Count The subsystem supports tag command queuing with an adjustable maximum tag count from 1 to 128 The default setting
13. Lecal Remeote Java Applet Arrays gt RAID Watch Programs gt Firmware s Embedded aepenits http serwer Figure 1 6 Typical SANWatch Access the Applet Mode Featured Highlights Chapter 1 Introduction 1 2 5 Multi Language Support SANWatch is a RAID management tool widely applied all over the world The software is currently available in four 4 languages English Deutsch Spanish and Japanese The language used in GUI is easily changed using the language selection on the main program s menu bar As soon as a language is selected the user interface wizards and online help display the chosen language 1 2 6 Password Protection SANWatch Manager comes with password protection to prevent unauthorized users from changing the RAID configurations With the password security you have control over array settings knowing that the currently managed disk array is safe from unauthorized modifications because the correct password must be entered for each access level The SANWatch management screen has a navigation tree panel that provides access to functional windows under three major categories Information An Information login can only access the first level Information Maintenance A Maintenance user login can access the first and second levels the Information and Maintenance tasks Configuration The Configuration administrator login has access rights to all three levels Configuration
14. Reset Creating Logical Drives Logical Drive Creation Process To create a logical drive Step 1 t Step 2 Step 3 9 2 2 2 Step 1 Logical Drive Management Select the physical drives that will be included in the LD See Section 9 2 2 2 Select the following RAID array parameters See Section 9 2 2 3 Drive Size the maximum drive capacity used in each member drive often the size of the smallest member Stripe Size Initialization Mode RAID Level Write Policy Click the OK button See Section 9 2 2 4 The Reset button allows you to cancel previous selections Selecting Drives Select members for the new logical drive by clicking drive icons in the Front View window Bad drives or drives belonging to another logical drive will not be available for the mouse click selection 9 5 SANWatch User s Manual 9 6 Step 2 Disk drives selected for a new logical drive will be listed in the Selected Members sub window on the right hand side of the screen Step 3 Continue to set appropriate RAID parameters using the dropdown lists at the lower half of the configuration screen 9 2 2 3 Setting RAID Parameters Drive Size The value entered in the Drive Size field determines how much capacity from each drive will be used in the logical drive It is always preferred to include disk drives of the same capacity in a logical configuration Enter a smaller numb
15. Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 t Step 4 t Step 5 t Step Event Notification Settings Find the Fax settings from the pull down list Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable Fax notification Switched ON Switched OFF Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to enable fax notification Set Status to Enable if you want the module to be activated every time the Root Agent is started Note that the On Off switch should also be in the On position before you turn off the server or close the utility Otherwise you will have to manually enable the function whenever you reboot the server Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver station The Fax device row shows the fax machine s currently available Check for appropriate setup in the Windows control panel Queue size determines how many events will be accumulated and then sent via a single fax transmission 4 25 SANWatch User s Manual 4 4 8 MSN Settings Receiver Side To set an MSN messenger address to receive notification messages aa ey t Step 1 Open the Module Configuration page Use the Module Name pull down menu to select MSN Module Config Lo OOOO OO O urrent value Disable 1 MSN username MSN password zl av al amp t Step 2 To create an MSN notification click Create on the top right of the screen or rig
16. This window uses the same icons as in the Logical Drive Information window See Logical Drive Information section Existing Logical Drives A configured array logical drive Create Logical Volume A member of a logical volume representing a logical drive Different logical drives are presented using icons of different colors Existing Logical Volumes ra A logical volume Partition s of SD8D3BEB A partitioned logical me el volume is represented Index 0 Offset OMB Size 14346MB as a color bar that can be split into many segments Each color segment indicates a partition of a configured array A member of a logical volume representing a logical drive Different logical drives are presented using icons of different colors 5 6 Configuration Icons Chapter 5 SANWatch Icons Host LUN Mapping A logical drive Different logical drives are presented using icons of different colors A logical volume Partition s of SD8D3BEB A partitioned array volume is represented Index D Offset OMB Size 14346MB i asa color bar that can be split into many segments Each color segment indicates a partition of a configured array Configuration Parameters No icons are used in the window 5 5 Event Log Icons Event Messages Severity Levels An informational message Command processed message sent from the firmware A warning message System faults or configuration mistakes
17. e For an enclosure that comes with SANWatch compatible firmware e g FW3 61 a trial key is available in the backplane EEPROM Simply click on the Activate key button to begin trial use e For an enclosure running older firmware e g FW3 48 you need to upgrade firmware and proceed with applying for a trial key or the licensed use For more details please refer to Chapter 15 If the software becomes expired and you already created Snapshot volumes these Snapshot Container volumes will return to the state of ordinary logical drives after a system reset 6 3 2 Connecting to a RAID Subsystem The following steps will explain how to connect to a RAID Subsystem through a network connection ee t Step 1 A Connection window appears when the SANWatch 6 8 software is started If you have a specific RAID array s IP address in mind and wish only to manage one array simply enter the IP address to proceed Ff Connection IP Address cei Enable SSL a Usemame information Password po _oK _showRootasentuist _ cancel_ On the computer screen if you can not see the SANWatch Connection window it can be opened from the SANWatch program menu Click on the System and then select Open Device command and the SANWatch Connection window will prompt PRsSANWatch System Language Window Help pen Device Auto Discovery Exit Start Using SANWatch Manager Chapter 6 Basic O
18. ia Array XXX XXX XX XXX Tasks Under Process View Logical Drive Logical Drive Information Edit Partition Logical Volume Information Fibre Channel Status System Information Statistics Logical Drives Physical Drives Task Schedules Quick Installation Create Logical Drive Existing Logical Drives Create Logical Volume Existing Logical Volumes Channel Host LUN Mapping Configuration Parameters Figure 6 7 Management Window Commands The Refresh command sends instructions to the GUI asking to review the connection status The Logout command under the System menu allows you to disconnect from a controller subsystem and to end the software session This command is only available when SANWatch Manager is currently connected to a RAID array The Action menu brings up sub menus that allow you to access various options under the three 3 configuration categories Information Maintenance and Configuration Each of these options will be discussed later in this chapter The Command menu provides different configuration options only when specific configuration items are selected in a functional display window On the other hand when a configurable item is selected the corresponding command menu and the related commands automatically appear on the menu bar PRSAN Watch System Language Window Help System Action Help 222222 na Device a Information g Enclosure View 6 17 SANWatch User s Manual
19. 16 Mame quifhelprentiguresfemail MPO jpg Size 17512 Time d24 06 7 08 Fh i t Step 2 If the Next button was selected the Installation Progress window will appear If you wish to stop the installation procedure then click the Cancel button Step 3 Once the software has been successfully installed a window indicating the successful installation will appear To complete the process and exit the window click the Finish button Pi installing Infortrend SANWatch Program ojx Installation has completed The SAnVatch program was installed successfully on your computer Click Finish to exitthe setup window Step 4 If you wish to immediately access the SANWatch manager open a web browser and provide the IP address of your RAID subsystem If using the in band connection your SANWatch 3 20 Software Setup Chapter 3 Installation manager should directly open the console with the directly attached RAID subsystem To run the SANWatch Manager from the controller enter the following into the address bar of the web browser http Www xxx yVyy ZZZ where WWW XXxX yyy Zzz is the IP address entered during the installation steps 3 5 Using Snapshot Data Service IMPORTANT A Professional version of 30 day trail use is available with or without downloading the license key See the below description for how to activate the trial use A licensed login requires 1 At least a 512MB cache in your R
20. DATA SERVICE scceceends coccscsaesclesstintwccecoutscncessecssssundsuscccesdeesesens 3 21 3 6 PROGRAM UPDATES sasiscessssedssssvadssssesssctecsvenscsssdicscbacnssuucssccscdesussscudensecsdsssateboetsascues 3 22 3 6 IN BAND SOOT zanan 3 23 3 6 1 OVE IEW nesae e tse aut aslen a a anu E E 3 23 SANWatch User s Manual 3 6 2 Related Configuration on Controller Subsystem cccccccccceseseseeeeeeeeeens 3 23 CHAPTER 4 CONFIGURATION CLIENT OPTIONS 4 1 THE CONFIGURATION CLIENT UTILITY sscssesscccssscsssstd ccascossscedescsasesssesteces esscssesut ee 4 2 4 1 1 Start the Configuration Client Program c cccccccccsssscececeecssesseeeeeeeeeseeesenees 4 2 4 1 2 Setting Upa Rot AZoM sseies sistent A ones a 4 4 4 2 CONFIGURATION CLIENT USER INTERFACE sseessoessoeesooesooessoesssoessoessoessoossoosesossesoe 4 7 4 2 1 Command Menis iiaee a E A E RE 4 7 4 2 2 MOOT ae BUON oera a E E touatloaussicinnadadeacdsscaneeeic zens 4 8 4 2 3 Connection View Windowsos aria a E R E a 4 8 4 2 4 Module Configuration Window cc cscccccccsssssssscceccesssessseceeecesesessnaeeeseseeeas 4 9 4 3 ROOT AGENT CONFIGURATION cscscssscsssesssssessasescessessuscdesccssedscecsebcsesobescscecsosseseseces 4 10 4 3 1 ROOLASENE SCUINGS ceini A 4 10 4 3 2 Adding RAID Agents IPs Associating Root Agent with Multiple RAID PE E E E E E EE AE N E E E A E 4 11 4 3 3 Root Avent Los SetnS Sueras a E E Heaasthesatas 4 12 4 3 4 Create Plug ins with Event Notific
21. E i A AES Lea oksia OTIC Crashan of Leqhesl voluma Completed T SOP BE 10 55 Contnaier nisinsin Conplebec te ar Eh Lii leraro rtide Canpieind eh SOOPDS ii hid Connaber netic tion Conphetes Lu ara iG 1 44 17 Peripheral Set 0 Derice ALERT PSL Aous Fabre Deleched J E LES a E m Dried OTOL Gibi Drie Dussel y SOP BE 116 5 Stet Drie WOT OE Sean Ores Seoses F amir Enig 1LF laata Enter ROTICE Sian Gry Berri E OOP OS BG 1Lrhnra Sot Drive HOTIOL Scan rive Succes E Centroller Time 200r 1 12 58 ong Figure 6 17 Maintenance Logical Drives There are three 3 sub windows in the Logical Drives maintenance mode window The Logical Drives window provides a list of all configured arrays Use a single mouse click to select the logical drive you wish to perform the maintenance tasks on The Front View window allows you to see the locations of the members of logical drives Note that a logical drive is selected by a single mouse click from the list of configured arrays on the upper half of the screen The Functions window provides configuration options for maintenance tasks and buttons which start a maintenance task Media Scan Media Scan examines drives and detects the presence of bad blocks If any data blocks have not been properly committed and defects are found during the scanning process data from those blocks are automatically recalculated retrieved and stored onto undamaged sectors If bad blocks are encou
22. Figure 15 6 Array Space Allocation in Snapshot Application Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot Depending on how frequently snapshots are taken and how frequently the data in source volumes are changed the proportion between source volumes and snapshot volumes can vary You may use the above diagram as an example and draw your own configuration scheme listing physical drives logical drives volumes partitions and then the source volumes and Snapshot Containers etc Step 2 Create RAID Volumes Follow normal RAID configuration procedures to optimize array performance preferences create logical drives logical volumes logical partitions and host LUN mapping You may also reserve some of the disk drives as hot spares Step 3 Create Snapshot Elements Step 3 1 Create a Snapshot Container System Action Command Help 5 97 maintenance View and Edit Snapshot Container T Logical Drives Snapshot Container s Media Extent List j Physical Drives E Task Schedules reate Snanshot Container E Configuration Expand Snapshot Container 7A22077A1SE9F76E Onine Quick installation Space Utilization Threshold Delete Snapshot Container installabon Vizard M H oe 2 Right click create snapshot set Create Logical Orive Pa Existing Logical Drives 4 Create Logical Volume View and Edit Snapshot S ay Extsting Logical Volumes J Channel Snapshot Set s Snapshot Set ID SEC aaa LOAY
23. Hampshire RG24 8WF UK Tel 44 1256 707 700 Fax 44 1256 707 889 sales eu infortrend com support eu infortrend com http esupport infortrend europe com http www infortrend com SANWatch User s Manual Copyright 2007 First Edition Published 2007 All rights reserved This publication may not be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without the prior written consent of Infortrend Technology Inc Disclaimer Infortrend Technology makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Furthermore Infortrend Technology reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revisions or changes Product specifications are also subject to change without prior notice Trademarks Infortrend Infortrend logo EonStor RAIDWatch and SANWatch are all registered trademarks of Infortrend Technology Inc Other names prefixed with IFT and ES are trademarks of Infortrend Technology Inc Microsoft Windows Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 and Windows Storage Server 2003 are registered
24. Period Execution nce A selected disk drive or a logical drive is highlighted by a bright blue square and its related options are displayed in check boxes dropdown list or vertical scroll bars The Add button at the bottom of the screen allows you to complete the process and add the task schedule The Maintenance Category 6 27 SANWatch User s Manual 6 28 6 8 6 8 1 6 8 2 The Configuration Category The Configuration category contains functional windows that allow you to create logical configurations and set appropriate configuration settings for system operations This category is available only when logging in using the Configuration access with the correct password To access the Configuration category either select the respective icon from the navigation tree or go to the Action command menus and then select the Configuration functions from the menu bar System Language Window Help 3 Array XXX XXX XX XXX System Action Information gt Maintenance gt Configuration gt Quick Installation Create Logical Drive Existing Logical Drives Create Logical Volume Existing Logical Yolumes Channel Host LUN Mapping Configuration Parameters Figure 6 20 Accessing Configuration Commands Quick Installation When you first connect SANWatch to a new RAID system without any previous configurations select Quick Installation and let SANWatch guide you through a simple
25. Provides some background information on RAID and defines some terms that will be used throughout the rest of the manual Discusses the use of spare drives and how to replace a drive if no spares were available Finally provides a short discussion on SANWatch preliminaries Chapter 3 Installation Discusses how to install SANWatch in your systems Discussions include system requirements setting up hardware software installation and how to update your software by downloading updates from Infortrend s websites Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Describes how to configure the SANWatch s Configuration Client utility and event notification for faxes e mail broadcast and so on Other functionalities of the utility SANWatch User s Manual are also described in full Information about the supported notification levels is also provided to aid in explaining these functions Chapter 5 SANWatch Icons Describes the icons used in SANWatch GUI Chapter 6 Basic Operations Discusses basic operations at system startup These include starting SANWatch connecting and disconnecting from a disk array system setting up system security displaying controls working with various disk array windows and exiting the program Part 2 Using SANWatch for System Management Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters Discusses how to access the controller subsystem configuration options and the different RAID configuration options that are availab
26. RAID partitions Partition s of LD 1458CB54 Index 0 Offset OMB Size 2500MB RAID arrays Map Lun and Add Filter Cancel Configuration Process 15 23 SANWatch User s Manual 15 24 Step 3 5 6 A Filter Setting window will prompt Select Read and Write from the Access Mode for a Windows platform The Windows OSes file system needs to write registration metadata onto a storage volume and hence the access mode needs to be changed here We add new LUN to host Filter Setting _ za Group Name Group Name Image ID i DFO4037426FBED Filter Type Access Mode s required for Windows Environment Note that SANWatch only allows Windows file system to distribute metadata In order to avoid destroying the original data differentials the snapshot image volumes will still be Read Only volumes Mapping a Snapshot Image to a host ID LUN avails the image as a read only volume A mapped image is its source volume at the time when the snapshot image was taken Mapping a Snapshot Image provides you access to the original data at a given instant Source volume Source volume at its TO state Snapshot Container Snapshot Images Figure 15 8 Snapshot Image Mapped to Host ID LUN Data Retrieval Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot S wv NOTE Snapshot Recovery using a Snapshot Image to restore a Source Volume to the state at a giv
27. SANWatch User s Manual Pi Add new LUN to host xi LUN Map Setting Channel ID s SCSI ID s e LUN S Y ly Logical Drive s Yolume s for Primary Partition s of LD 3359534 Index 0 Offset OMB Size 2000MB Map LUN Cancel Step 3 4 4 Select Host Channel Channel ID and or LUN numbers from the respective dropdown lists on the upper left of the screen Click on the Map LUN button to complete the process If the source volume has already been mapped to a host ID LUN you may not be able to map the associated Snapshot Set If the source volume has not been mapped it is recommended you perform host LUN mapping from here Mapping a Snapshot Set is actually equal to mapping the source volume it is referring to amp TIPS Under some circumstances unmapping a RAID volume may temporarily disconnect a SANWatch console You may manually restart SANWatch RAID agent in for example Windows Computer Management gt Services in order to restore the console Bj e Acton yew Window e Jaga O eB em af Computer Menpan Loca System Toii E fg Eent Varen Shared Pobders Local Liig aire Garces 15 22 Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot Step 3 5 Data Retrieval Snapshot Image Mapping F haare alii bl statistics s View and Edit Snapshot Set z wif Mainienente Snapshot Setja T Logical Drives GSS k Cont
28. Secondary Controler RS 292 Tanmina Disabled Ww Periodic Cache Flush Time Enabled we Adaptive drite Policy Disabled Apply ball t i Each option is executed by a two step procedure Click to select a desired value from the pull down menu and then click Apply for the configuration to take effect Secondary Controller RS 232 Terminal In a redundant controller configuration the RS 232C port on the Secondary controller is normally nonfunctional Enable this function if you wish to use the port for debugging purposes Access to the Secondary controller only allows you to see controller settings In a redundant controller configuration configuration changes have to be made through the Primary controller Periodic Cache Flush Time If redundant controllers work with Write Back caching it is necessary to synchronize the unfinished writes in both controllers memory Cache synchronization lets each controller keep a replica of the unfinished writes on its partner so that if one of the controllers fails the surviving controller can finish the writes If controllers are operating using the Write Through caching mode the Periodic Cache Flush Time can be manually disabled to save system resources and achieve better performance NOTE If the Periodic Cache Flush is disabled the configuration changes made through the Primary controller is still communicated to the Secondary controller Adaptive Write Policy Firm
29. Sender Sde E A E E N 4 27 4 4 9 BS IVES SC A a T a EI E E acta EE EE E O N E E E adie 4 28 RO CODY CT SIde oriona oE E E E swt oanaaadn ae taattene Woseumaoadel Goes 4 28 Sender SIG tacos ciate basexessncaoesdetionaas A Ged sicide ecw E Sea tatenoes Cactemredccmecrnetadasoeetadun test 4 29 AS AUTO DISCOVERY cisscsiessscscventssecavssuscsenscbisucciiss cacuencueesiaecabestouscuaduac beatssvoueutehevessanses 4 31 4 6 EVENT SEVERITY LEV EUG sisivessaccsescaeseucdsa ties secacstalassscashebusdesbisennscessnedteaniecescccsuveces 4 33 4 6 1 Level l Severity Events Examples arera a 4 33 4 6 2 Level 2 Severity Events Examples Jerre niceties eta ewes 4 34 4 6 3 Level 3 Severity Events example isani minea EEE 4 34 Al EVENT LOG DISPLAY ciciccetescataceccscncscesuccsaecipcacersuctstecscedenctedaitvcecsscesueseeoscecauescecncass 4 35 CHAPTER 5 SANWATCH ICONS 5 1 INAVIGATION TREE CONS acasan eE Aa OE dewcacanccoeatdacatecsceecasecees 5 1 5 2 ARRAY INFORMATION ICONS eseescceccccccccccccoccocccccccccccccecccecceccceccececcecccccccecccccececceeoeo 5 3 ENCIOSULE VIEW enean a e a lata 5 3 Tasks Under Process draa a R a 5 4 Logical Dive MIOmMmainON iaie eene A EE NEE EER 5 4 Lovical Vol m Informatio essei E E ES 5 4 Pibre C hannel Stati Seoane te eee adel hats i ates dais iach hea gre telat Marea 5 5 Sy She wir MONIO es castes cst eE satmendol Sudesnae viens qaedoaiduan sauces been ete a eeanameaudes tee 5 5 5 3 MAINTENANCE CONS niaaa aae
30. The following sections describe SANWatch s outstanding features and introduce its conceptual framework 1 1 2 SANWatch Versions SANWatch is available in the Express and the Professional versions The differences between them are about the snapshot functions Following is a comparison chart of the two versions Specifications Express Professional No of source volumes Snapshots per source volume Capacity Max no of snapshots per system Up to 1024 depends on cache size and storage capacity Table 1 1 Comparison between the Express and Professional Versions A 30 days trial is provided with the software and you must purchase the software to continue using either the Express or the Professional version Please refer to Chapter 3 for License Login details 1 1 3 Feature Summary The list below summarizes SANWatch features Supports Data Service point in time snapshot backup Supports RAID level 6 which sustains the highest fault tolerance SANWatch Overview Chapter 1 Introduction RAID level migration on a per logical drive basis Each logical drive can be managed by both RAID controllers 512K 1024K stripe size supported User friendly graphical interface displays multiple information windows for simultaneous access to multiple RAID subsystems Standard TCP IP connections to an Internet agent for full featured worldwide management over the network Communicates with RAID subsystems over
31. s Manual 4 2 2 Tool Bar Buttons 4 2 3 Connect Root Agent Server Disconnect Root Agent The tool bar has six 6 buttons described from left to right as follows e Open Bookmark File In the environment where multiple arrays need to be monitored at the same time this button brings out the previously saved profile of the access to multiple arrays via Root Agent and RAID Agent IPs e Save Bookmark File This button allows you to save the current connection profile as shown in the Navigation panel as a file to your system drive A file path dialog box displays when selected e Connect Root Agent Server This button allows you to connect to a Root Agent server to begin monitoring for example in situations when it has been manually disconnected we NOTE The Root Agent IP is the IP of the computer where you installed your Configuration Client utility e Disconnect Root Agent This button allows you to disconnect from a Root Agent server e Help Cursor Click the Help Cursor button and then click on the area where you have question A Help window will appear to explain the functionality e Help Click on the Help button to browse the Online Help in SANWatch management software s main Help program Connection View Window The Connection View window displays the current connections with different RAID Agent servers Each Root Agent server IP has an Administration Tool This window has a command me
32. wh The default rescan time is set to 0 minute that indicates the system will scan the network only when Configuration Client is started The Auto Discovery option will not be repeated after the first scan t Step 7 You may turn on and off this option by double click on current value on the Status row or click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable the option Module Config Plugin Creste Plugin Module Mame auto Discovery Status Enable F scan range Enable Resear the as NOTE If you already have the Auto Discovery option turned on be sure to turn off and then turn on the option for any adjustments that you newly made to take effect Once the Auto Discovery option is successfully configured the system will detect the IP range that you designated and automatically add the search results into the agent list An Auto Discovery Notice window will prompt you may click OK button to close the window and start using Configuration Client and SANWatch Manager Auto Discovery Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Auto Discovery Service Status If you open the Root Agent setting option on the module configuration window an available agent list will be shown in the lower section of the Configuration Client user interface See Figure 4 5 Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Name DREE v Administrator password The Agent List Guest password
33. 13 cl RAID Desci pioi enee iliceacae died aac saath E E A 13 C2 NOn RAID SIO II C x t2sz scs seen a a a a a dosed E A 13 C 3 RAD Orra e e E i a E nT A 14 C 4 79d OB J Meee eer mere AE EE E ane EN EERE NET On Tne ne A RIT A 15 C 5 RAID NOF cet ictasteris E eee ah ed contiara acae AOO A 15 C 6 RAMI Dienst esnton eta E on eeace nivale Danan c nev wee once A ETE A 16 C 7 RAIDS een nae at at ae MAPS a OE SNC OR SSE BT a SOE OT One REN A 17 C 8 RAID Goes a A ie ee eee oi Peas A 18 C 9 RAMIO 50 DO and eee site meses a lahat aba ek tal A 18 APPENDIX D ADDITIONAL REFERENCEG cccccsssssssssssssscssscsssssscssscssssssccssccsssssssssssssssssess A 19 D 1 Java R ntime Environment sass acca ac eaan E EA CE A 19 D 2 SANWatch Update Downloads amp Upgrading eceessccccccceesssssteeeeeeeeseens A 19 D 3 Umnstalins SANW ate lis risida i a a evacaieeieaitcs A 19 USER S MANUAL OVERVIEW sccsceccicstescsscecacccesiesccctavscacecastecasessceesdeesdeedessscesestecbosesascneadaccsvece XII USER S MANUAL STRUCTURE AND CHAPTER OVERVIEWS ssssssssssecsoscoeccseccecccecceecececcecceee XII Part 1 Getting Started With SAIN W atch sssactecssietnoratinchaawhatae conte e e xii Part 2 Using SANWatch for System Management cccccsessccceceessesesteceeeeesseeeseeees xili Fant SoS ys eE Mon OM NO saana e aara cud neasueOoanmenadse xili PA DO O a a E E a X1V Append CE Saee r ack demande sG auc ta cancateeaeaG E a XIV USAGE CONVENTIONS cicsincess cec
34. 1684 13 aT Agent TP 2 132 168 433 OO 4 6 The Configuration Client Utility Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options 4 2 Configuration Client User Interface The Configuration Client user interface contains four 4 major elements Tool Bar Buttons Connection View Window and Module Configuration Window Module Configuration Window Command Menu S Language Help Connection View 4 Module Contry o Connection View o eisais4aversnio22 M ge Window e Modet F 1G R2A2A Name 1230 560 Moaie Nome PETET Beiter 4 2 1 Command Menu The File commands include Add Host and Exit The Add Host command connects you to a Root Agent host A Root Agent host is one that is chosen as a management center to manage multiple RAID agents which are in turn used to access different arrays By connecting to one or multiple Root Agents all its subsidiary RAIDs are then managed by the management center The Exit command will let you exit the Configuration Client user interface and close the program The Language command allows you to select the language display on the Configuration Client User Interface The current selections include English Deutsch Spanish and Japanese The Help command provides information about the current software version The Help explains how to use the Configuration Client and can be accessed in SANWatch s main Help program Configuration Client User Interface 4 7 4 8 SANWatch User
35. 2 The migration process begins and you may check the progress in the Tasks Under Process window 9 2 4 Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion 9 2 4 1 What is It and How Does It Work Before Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion increasing the capacity of a RAID system using traditional methods meant backing up re creating and then restoring data Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion allows you to expand an existing logical array without powering down the system and without adding a storage enclosure 9 2 4 2 Two Expansion Modes There are two expansion modes Mode 1 Add Drive Mode 1 Expansion is illustrated in Figure 9 3 and involves adding more hard disk drives to a logical drive which may require purchasing an enclosure with more drive bays The data will be re striped onto the original and newly added disks Logical Drive Management 9 13 SANWatch User s Manual RAID Expansion Mode 1 me ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee aan Ms RAID 5 Logical Drive 4GB Add in New Drives ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee enemy RAID Expansion AE RAID 5 Logical Drive 8GB Figure 9 3 RAID Expansion Mode 1 As shown above new drives are added to increase the capacity of a 4 Gigabyte GB RAID5 logical drive The two new drives increase the capacity to 8GB Mode 2 Copy amp Replace Mode 2 Expansion requires each of the array members to be replaced by higher capacity hard disk
36. 3V 3v 3 44 4 voltage within acceptable range s Task Schedules pi PSUO 54 5 1 Voltage within acceptable range E Configuration mm PSUD 12 12 1 y voltage within acceptable range N Sas v PSUL 3 3 Voltage Sensor is NOT Activated auitkinstallation Zes Psu 5 voltage Sensor is NOT Activated Za Installation Wizard a PSUL 124 voltage Sensor is NOT Activated a Create Logical Drive i 4 CPU Temp Sensor 46 0 C Temp within safe range I Existing Logical Drives E q Board Temp Sensor 34 5C Temp within safe range Board2 Temp Sensor 36 5C Temp within safe range zg Create Logical Volume vy 3 3 Value 3 4164 voltage within acceptable range i Existing Logical Volumes F 5V Value 5 18 voltage within acceptable range E annii F 124 Yalue 12 32 Voltage within i range 4 py Raktaru Rarbiin Rakkaru T Rattaru Rarbi in Rattavv ie dieahlad Lx Figure 6 14 System Information Window 6 6 7 Statistics Window Select the Statistics window in the configuration tree and start calculating Cache Dirty rate or Disk Read Write Performance by clicking either or both of the check boxes Ff sAnwatch el Ea Language Window Help _ Action i R Statistics E y Information Enclosure view E3 Tasks Under Process de Logical Drive Information Fou a Logical Volume Information Ei Fibre Channel Status system Information Pibisk Read Write Performance MB W statistics
37. 6 18 6 6 1 Help The About button under the Help menu enables you to activate the trial use of the Data Service functionality or open a License key window for purchasing the SANWatch Data Service functionality The Information Category The Information category allows you to access to information about every aspect of system operation To access the information category either select the icon from the navigation tree or go to the Action Command menus and then select Information on the top of the screen P SANW atch System Language Window Help Le Array XXX XXX XX XXX System Action Enclosure View Information gt Tasks Under Process Maintenance gt Logical Drive Information Configuration gt Logical Volume Information Fibre Channel Status System Information Statistics Figure 6 8 Accessing Information Commands Enclosure View Window The Enclosure View window displays the physical view of all major components including drive slots and enclosure components When the Enclosure View window is opened the screen below should appear Use the Enclosure View window to monitor multiple enclosures from the computer screen For details of using the Enclosure View window please refer to Chapter 12 Enclosure View RAID JBOD ChI 2 1D 113 BBU Disable Fan 0 functioning normally Fan 1 functioning normally Fan 2 functioning normally Slot 27 Chi 2 ID 26 IFT ES 416F J Size MB 760
38. Accessing Logical Drive Information Step 1 To access the Logical Drive Information single click its display icon on the GUI navigation panel or select the command from the Action command menu After opening the information window select the logical drive with a single mouse click A display window as shown below will appear Logical Drive Status RAID Level i LD Name Non Raid pam 3 Front View es View RAID se ____ JBOD ChI 0 ID 16 JBOD CHI 0 ID 32 Partition s of LD 39EDBBSA5 SSS Logical Drive Message Logical Drive Message Message 3F744216 Description 3F744216 2004 02 05 10 20 10 Regenerate Parity Start 2004 02 05 10 23 33 Regenerate Parity Finish t Step 2 As shown above once a configured array is selected its members will be displayed as highlighted drive trays in the Front View window The array s logical partition is displayed on the right Each logical configuration of drives is displayed in a different color If a selected array includes members on different enclosures click the JBOD tab button on top of the enclosure graphic to locate their positions Logical Drive Information SANWatch User s Manual NOTE The Logical Drive Messages column only displays messages that are related to a selected array 11 4 Logical Volume Information A logical volume consists of one or many logical drives Data written onto the logical
39. An alert message Errors that need immediate attention Event Type Type of messages detected by the subsystem The event view panel displays icons representing specific categories using the same icons as those used in the System Information window Event Log Icons 5 7 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank 5 8 Event Log Icons Chapter 6 Basic Operations This chapter describes the SANWatch screen elements and basic operations Starting SANWatch Agents Section 6 1 page 6 3 Starting SANWatch Manager Section 6 2 page 6 4 6 2 1 Locally or via LAN under Windows 2000 2003 Environments 6 2 2 Locally or via LAN under Linux Environments 6 2 3 Locally or via LAN under Solaris Environments 6 2 4 For Remote Management via Web Browser Any Supported OSes Start Using SANWatch Manager Section 6 3 page 6 6 6 3 2 Connecting to a RAID Subsystem 6 3 3 Using the Agent List Window 6 3 4 Disconnecting and Refreshing a Connection Security Authorized Access Levels Section 6 4 page 6 13 Look and Feel Section 6 5 page 6 14 6 5 1 Look and Feel Overview 6 5 2 Screen Elements 6 5 3 Command Menus 6 5 4 Outer Shell Commands 6 5 5 Management Window Commands The Array Information Category Section 6 6 page 6 18 6 6 1 Enclosure View 6 6 2 Tasks Under Process Window Starting SANWatch Agents 6 1 SANWatch User s Manual 6 6
40. Document Name Datasheet Description Promotion Model Mo ES AOSS G2130 Document Name Datasheet Description Promotion q i meaane Q amp A News and Events 7 ask Infortrend more A SANWatch License System View will display Upload your Apply File When finished processing your request we will deliver a License Key File 15 6 Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot Infortrend SANWatch Licange System Prodiat infarmation Gia ts BATA Bares Request License Key File pia SATA Series License Typa Trial Oial Licenses Version C Bags O Professional License Apply Tile CC E License LE License Version Purchased Giy Appimd Ody Available Diy Express 5 Windia kitas Pinaasa 5 0 DEA Lip grace 10 7 H Mew and byes Feehan Raquest History Ermon Applied Dabo License Roy File License Type License Version App cd Info O07 0606 Cacib C0003 Le Tapi Gcal Lapin Hew JOG OG Otic O0009434 F Tlaps bq Osticial Bares Rarer TOT OGOG ClcipH000034 34 G 7 laps ti Orficial Express New TOOT 0806 Tia000TH H E l lap5 ii Trik Depress Hew A DG00 Tha O00 E Ji E hep ae Trl Eiei Heri i7745 Step 3 Once you receive the License key file use the License Key File button to locate the file and use the Download button to update the corresponding firmware settings Step 4 Once firmware is successfully updated the Activate Key button is enabled Press the button to enable the li
41. Drive Window 9 2 3 1 Modifying LD Configurations 9 2 3 2 Expanding LD by Adding Disks 9 2 3 3 Accessing the Expand Command 9 2 3 4 Click Expand to Initiate LD 9 2 3 5 Accessing the Migrate LD Command page 9 2 3 6 Migration 9 2 4 Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion 9 2 4 1 What Is It and How Does It Work 9 2 4 2 Two Expansion Modes 9 1 SANWatch User s Manual 9 2 5 Adding Spare Drives e 9 2 5 1 Accessing the Spare Drive Management Screen Rebuilding Logical Drives 9 2 7 Deleting an LD Logical Volume Management Section 9 3 page 9 20 Accessing the Create Logical Volume Window Creating Logical Volumes e 9 3 2 1 LV Creation e 9 3 2 2 Selecting LDs e 9 3 2 3 Setting Logical Volume Parameters e 9 3 2 4 Click OK to Create 9 3 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Volume e 9 3 2 2 Expanding a Logical V e 9 3 3 3 Accessing the Expand Logical Volume Page 9 3 4 Deleting a Logical V Partitioning a Logical Configuration Section 9 4 page 9 27 9 4 1 Overview 9 4 2 Partitioning a Logical Drive 9 4 3 Partitioning a Logical Volume Physical Drives Maintenance page 9 31 e 9 5 1 Read Write Test 9 2 Locating Drives Chapter 9 Drive Management 9 1 Locating Drives SANWatch uses icons to represent subsystem drive trays In many configuration windows a single click on a drive tray icon selects a hard drive Drive status is indicated and automatically refreshed by displaying i
42. E Task Scheduler tea Performance monitoring _ Physical Virs Figure 1 1 Centralized Tiered Management Featured Highlights Chapter 1 Introduction s Mode Two Stand alone on Host Mode Two applies to configurations that depend on the existing SCSI iSCSI SAS or Fibre host links for SANWatch to RAID communications using the in band protocols Servers in DAS Direct Attached Storage environments SCSI host models for example require RAID agents as the intermediate module for passing SANWatch commands and communicating with RAID system firmware RAID agents are installed onto the servers that are directly attached to a RAID subsystem The Mode Two installation is especially necessary in Snapshot applications where the specialized RAID Agents also function as flush agents SANWatch needs to be installed using Mode Two on a direct attached server RAID subsystem Application Server with SANWatch console Sera ped berry Bae JE BAHA srh bea comporeia Ali aiii Dila Berii ha e e Figure 1 2 Mode Two Stand alone for In band Management e Mode Three Stand alone on Subsystems For remote and _ server transparent management using an Ethernet connection to EonStor subsystems or EonRAID controllers The manager program is installed onto the RAID subsystem itself The RAID subsystem then uses a segregated disk space called the reserved space to store the program files The array is accesse
43. IP addresses of a station configured on a network Add Broadcast receiver yg X Broadcast receiver Host Mame Severity h t Step 4 Select the severity level of the events to be sent to the receiver station lt Step 5 Repeat this process to add more receivers J NOTE NETBUES and TCP IP should be active services on your Centralized Management station for message broadcasting 4 22 Event Notification Settings Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Sender Side From the Module Config window t Step 1 Find the Broadcast settings from the pull down list t Step 2 Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable LAN broadcast notification Switched ON Switched OFF t Step 3 Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to enable LAN broadcast Set Status to Enable if you want the module to be activated every time the Root Agent is started Note that the On Off switch should also be in the ON position before you turn off the server or close the utility Otherwise you will have to manually enable the function whenever you reboot the server t Step 4 Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver station 4 4 7 Fax Settings In order to use fax notification a fax modem is required and its parameters must be properly set on the main management station For NT servers Widows MAPI services modem and fax must be ready and
44. LV management one LV can only be accessed by primary or secondary controller For systems running later firmware releases assignment is made by the locations of RAID controllers i e Slot A or Slot B controller Write Policy Write policy can be adjusted on a per logical volume basis This option allows you to set a write policy for the specific logical volume Default is a neutral value that is coordinated with the controller s general caching mode setting Other choices are Write back and Write through 9 3 3 2 Expanding a Logical Volume When members of a logical volume have free and unused capacity the additional capacity can be added to existing logical volumes The unused Capacity can come from the following configuration Certain amount of capacity was intentionally left unused when the logical drives were created configurable with maximum array capacity Some or all of the members of a logical volume have been expanded either by adding new drives or copying and replacing original drives with drives of larger capacity Logical Volume Management Chapter 9 Drive Management 9 3 3 3 Accessing the Expand Logical Volume Page Step 1 Select a configured Logical Volume from the Existing Logical Volumes window shown below All existing Logical Volumes will appear on the Logical Volume Status panel Logical Volume Status _ SSeS E SSE ee eS Click to select a logical volume From the
45. Maintenance and Information NOTE The default password for Information View Only access is 1234 Passwords for access levels can be set in the Configuration category under the Configuration Parameters gt Password window 1 3 Conceptual Foundation In order for SANWatch to function properly different software modules must be correctly installed on different servers and stations in a given LAN or WAN If you follow the default installation during the installation process SANWatch will be installed as a centralized management tool into your system Conceptual Foundation 4 44 SANWatch User s Manual 1 3 1 Centralized Management Agent based Installation 1 SANWatch communicates with a RAID subsystem either using the firmware embedded RAID agents or agents manually installed onto a RAID attached server Assuming that a given network has multiple RAID systems SANWatch can communicate with RAID arrays through the RAID agents installed on the management stations or on the RAID subsystems 2 A server is chosen as the main management server When SANWatch is installed onto this server using the first installation scheme two important utilities are included Configuration Client and Root Agent The Configuration Client enables automatic notifications of system events and the Root Agent communicates with multiple RAID subsystems that are not directly attached to this server 3 The main mana
46. Manager The management software interface SANWatch Manager needs to be started by a network or RAID subsystem manager regardless of which OS is being used Depending on your setup you can start SANWatch Manager in various ways For both local and remote management and under various OSes starting the program is simple Please refer to the appropriate sub sections below for information Locally or via LAN under Windows 2000 2003 Environments From the Startup menu select Programs gt Infortrend Inc gt SANWatch Manager See Figure 6 1 Double click the SANWatch Manager icon Aires atree Ties aspi b La SANTE Printers and Fanes Command Pron W Windows Catalog Windows Update a 7 Accessories Im Administrative Tools b u na Ga Infortrend Inc JUA Central Management 7 Java Web Start gt BB Configuration Client ys MyperTermunal 97 Startup gt Lg SANWatch t Internet Explorer 32 bt E SANWatch Uninstallation AGE tenes an a5 Internet Explorer 64 bit mee a Outlook Express ca Remote Assistance Fam A 5 virco E eo wre 25 J eas Figure 6 1 SANWatch Shortcuts on Windows Startup Menu OR Double click the SANWatch Manager icon from the desktop see Figure 6 2 if a shortcut was added during the installation process ZE SANMatch Figure 6 2 SANWatch Shortcut on Windows Desktop Starting SANWatch Manager Chapter 6 Basic Operations 6 2 2 Locally or via LA
47. Read Write ReSCan tes ecient he aa taracec cea ae Ae eee N 9 31 CHAPTER 10 LUN MAPPING 10 1 ACCESSING THE LUN MAP TABLE csssssssssscsscsssticcccssssecesscusssevessecessoussneneoceusouasstens 10 2 10 2 LUN MAPPING wistsxcesscccsecsudctscesdenilecdeicaiscsudscsvbscestedssesesutsascsvausacsuesuncadedisoustsecusvectede 10 4 10 2 1 Mapping a Complete Logical Drive or Logical Volume ssseesseeesesseeeesss 10 4 10 2 2 Map a Logical Drive or Volume Partition to a Host LUN eee 10 5 LOZ Delete a Fost WIN Via pine eien a EE 10 5 10 2 4 LUN Mapping Access Control over iSCSI Initiator Settings 10 6 CHAPTER 11 SYSTEM MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT PER RAWD INFORMATION ccs cissssiesegiciecscetacscicevsexnesccecseictacuccacessacasscceasoseesscackenessucesadeess 11 2 The Information Cate SOL sic cesses ans dis user cuaeatesntanss ivmdvdesivautmenecds T a 11 2 Dae Aid TMe esenea a e A E cake 11 3 11 2 ENCLOSURE VIEW cs ssceeteskoeaeitssieuasoacsuccscoeackcacseecsecccvcsascoasecaeaetvcesuaccasecsesersotocesswesencs 11 4 TeK UNder Proce Seena aana a E 11 4 Event Log List Configuration List WindOW ccccsssscccecesssessneeceeceeseesseeeeeceseeessnaees 11 5 11 3 LOGICAL DRIVE INFORMA TION sssiseiscssccesecsssaveslesscesescstevestsacoosoasesoccccssecsscadesenensens 11 8 Accessing Losical Drive InLOrmauOM ies cisctoncsasectece conncdesalieut aces E E ER 11 9 11 4 LOGICAL VOLUME INFORMATION ccccsssssssssssssssscsssssscscssscescesscoscscsc
48. Sender maiko hesaniotrendoomiw 4 3 4 Create Plug ins with Event Notification Step 1 Before you begin The Plug in sub function allows you to add a specific feature or service to SANWatch s notification methods The add ins can be used to process the events received from Configuration Client utility and extend its functionality Prepare your execution file and place it under the plug in sub folder under the directory where you installed the SANWatch program If the default installation path has not been altered the plug in folder should be similar to the following Program Files gt Infortrend Inc gt RAID GUI Tools gt bin gt plug in Place the execution file that will be implemented as a plug in in this folder The plug in capability provides advanced users the flexibility to customize and present the event messages received from the Configuration Client utility Step 2 The Configuration Process t Step 1 Click the Create Plug in tab Root Agent Configuration 4 13 SANWatch User s Manual t Step 2 Make sure you have placed the execution file in the plug in folder as described earlier t Step 3 Enter the appropriate data in the Plug in Description and Plug in Label fields and then select an execution file from the Application Program field if there is more than one t Step 4 Click Create to complete the process Module Contig Plugin Create Plugin Plu
49. The end date of the Interval type of snapshot schedule Snapshot Scheduler amp Prune Policy Configuration 15 35 SANWatch User s Manual Select Period Specify the interval between two snapshots Options are Hourly Daily Weekly and Monthly The unit of reckoning you selected previously in the Select Period field will be multiplied by the number you enter in this field e g 2 x Hourly every two hours By Every Start On Use the previous stipulated method to change the start time of the schedule Prune Policy The Prune Policy field allows you to control the number of snapshot images by setting the following Snapshot Image Count The maximum number of snapshot images to be taken by this schedule When the maximum number of snapshot images is exceeded the oldest snapshot will be erased Expire Time When selected enter the number of days as the snapshot life span Any images older than that will be automatically erased Rule Description The Rule Description briefly summarizes your current configuration for the schedule Click on the Save button to confirm your configuration Click on the Cancel button to abandon your current configuration Click on the lt lt Previous button to select a different Snapshot Set Once done the Scheduler calendar will look like the screen below View and Edit Snapshot Schedules 5 Calendar Table View G Schedule Event Log
50. When the LUN Map window appears select the appropriate Channel number channel ID and LUN numbers from the separate pull down lists above PE Step 4 Select a Logical Drive or Logical Volume with a single mouse click With a single mouse click on the Partition color bar select one of the partitions that you wish to associate with the selected channel ID LUN number Host Channel Channel ID LUN number Wadd new LUN to host LUN Map Setting Channel Dis Partition s of LV 627521FF Indes 0 Offset OMB Sine 3500MB RAID Partitions RAID Arrays Map LUN Cancel Step 5 Click on the Map LUN button to complete the process 10 2 3 Deleting a Host LUN Mapping oe t Step 1 Follow the steps listed in Section 10 1 above to access the LUN Map Setting window LUN Mapping 10 5 SANWatch User s Manual A Step 2 Left click on a configured LUN and then right click on the high lighted area A command menu displays Select Remove LUN Map to complete the process O Left click to select a mapping entry Host LUNIs Chreid SCSI Ds UN ID Logeal Drive Vome Pa 2 Sred MB RAID Level rh a ay se Re i q E nY Add LUN Map to Slot A Add LUN Map to Siot 8 i N Ma RS Right click to display commands PO P2 Partition s of LV 621521FF index 0 Offset OMB Sre 3500MB t Step 3 When prompted for a password or an answer enter it and c
51. a A E N 13 3 B22 Emal NOUGAMI ON seese a a a a aa 13 3 ee NME TAD eea E N E aT 13 5 13 24 Broadcast INOLPICAUION Gres saee dada Jes ar a a a aa E EE 13 6 CHAPTER 14 CENTRAL MANAGEMENT UTILITY 14 1 CENTRALIZED MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION sseseescessoseoscosecceocescesccseeseesecsesse 14 2 vili SANWatch User s Manual 142 SETTING UP THE UTILITY aaaea aeae A EA eaea ODA ACELEA Ea 14 2 14 3 CENTRAL MANAGEMENT CONNECTION ssseeeesssssesocessssececososssocecossseeesssssssoeeosssse 14 4 14 4 MAINTENANCE amp CONFIGURATION esssssseeoeoossseeoososssecesooosesecssssseooesosssseossossseo 14 4 HAt MC INIA DON ea E r E a E A a aN 14 4 TAA Sylen EVEN aana a a a aaa 14 5 CHAPTER 15 DATA SERVICE SNAPSHOT TSE SNAPSHOT BASICS censuit n tentarono aen aN eN E 15 1 15 2 CONFIGURATION PROCESS sasescccccscctvaaeesassinGissosdesedcussavcusavtesaccvuseceessesecascecsedebessestss 15 4 Using the SAN W atch License Lotiikesnnasiniioen a a a a EA 15 4 GULSEN 15 8 Snapshot General Configuration Process 0 ccccessscccceeeseseseneeceeeecesseesseeeeeeseseeeseaaees 15 14 COMMOUPAU OM SLEDS ea ances utes uachcvsseuacsccnte nae a e E 15 16 Oer C Oia INS cats ia doherty see E cuss ase Gr medusa E 15 25 15 3 SNAPSHOT PURGE POLICY SPACE MANAGEMENT ccccsssssssscccccccccscccccccccccccoes 15 28 15 4 SNAPSHOT SCHEDULER amp PRUNE POLICY CONFIGURATION cccccscsscsseccsssoeoees 15 33 APPENDICES APPENDIX A COMMAND SUMMARY eseeseececec
52. and Edit Snapshot Set Snapshot Set s _ Snapshot setio Name LD LV I E Current Max Image Activated A 732F470806734874 Research_area_A 58017990 8 128 Yes Flow research 3B75654332C7CE26 Research_D_area 58017990 12 128 Yes Idata flow connection Configuration Process 15 13 SANWatch User s Manual Snapshot General Configuration Process Production volume git OPPO OPO EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE E EEEE EEEE EEEE OSES ESOOESESESO OSES ESSOEESSESOOEEEEESOOEESOESOOEEEEETOOEEOOEOOOOH 0 EE Determine space Determine the size of production k containe allocation volume Estimate the size of snapshot images Estimate the number of routine snapshots eT PETIT O UTC CET e Teer e eee c ee e i ccc rT ccT cece cee TCT cece rece cece cierto gtt P OOOOH O PEPE HHO HHO E ESO EEHE HES OHESIEESS EEE EEO OREO EES OOESEREOOEFEEEEEO HESS ESOS HOE EESEEEEEESOOESEOESEEOEER ESSER ETOH ODES Optimization mode reeerenne Create RAID Create logical drives volumes or Create logical volumes or Partition RAID volumes eT UPTO ESIC TTT eee e trier eri iT eter iri ier iirc ie cee eee Tere eee re se eee Ofer tr to MI Create Snapshot Containers assign a RAID volume as a Snapshot volume gore Associate Snapshot Sets with Production volume Create Snapshot elements the Source production Volumes a gt Add Snapshot Sets if necessary ff ay Map Snapshot Sets to host LUN
53. by clicking the tab buttons SANWatch is capable of displaying any information provided by an SES SAF TE or I C data bus Various kinds of information is typically provided including the status of Power supplies Fans Ambient temperature Voltage UPS Disk drives System module LEDs To read more information about enclosure devices place your cursor either over the front view or rear view graphic An information text field displays as shown below Enclosure View RAID JBOD ChI 0 1D 16 JBOD ChI 0 1D 32 Slot 2 IBM DTLA 3200 Size MB 200 Status Good Speed 100 MB LD 3F744216 BBU failed Fan 0 functioning normally Fan 1 functioning normally Fan 2 functioning normally Fan 3 functioning normally Power Supply 0 functioning normally Power Supply 1 functioning normally More information about each enclosure device can also be found in the System Information window Task Under Process Access the Task Under Process window by clicking on the display icon in the SANWatch navigation panel Chapter 11 System Monitoring and Management Task status f Task Description Fo 64 E Logical Drive 71488188 On Line intialization 4 Drive 11 Media Scan S Drive 13 Media Scan 4 Drive 15 Media Scan This window shows the unfinished tasks currently being processed by the subsystem The Task Status display includes disk drive maintenance tasks such as Media Scan or Re
54. can be mapped to host image that can be LUNs for data retrieval mapped Maximum number of The maximum number of source volumes per system This source volumes number is determined by the number of disk drives and the supported per maximum number or RAID configuration units system Snapshot policy Snapshot prune and purge support support 15 12 Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot Maintain Snapshot contains functions that allow you to manually take snapshots or associate a snapshot image with a host ID LUN View and Edit Snapshot Set Snapshot Set s E rss bebe Set ID Bes Container ID LDJLY ID a Current Max Image Activated K 786586683CC614C4 rest Take Snapsho Host Lun Snapshot Image s Index Snapshot Image ID Created Time Last Modified Configure Snapshot provides access to snapshot related commands including e Create Snapshot Container e Create Snapshot Set e Expand Snapshot Container e Fault recovery commands e Delete Snapshot Container View and Edit Snapshot Container Snapshot Container s z Snapshot Container ID EE Create Snapshot Container Media Extent List _ _Media Extent 1 ae a a a a i7FAZZ077415E9F76E Online 250 Expand ETT Container Space Utilization Threshold Delete Snapshot Container Create Snapshot Set Bring online Recover the inconsistencies Clear suspect data View
55. check all disk drives that were on the drive buses at controller startup The default value is Disabled Disabled means that if a Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters drive is removed from the bus the controller will not know it is missing as long as no host accesses that drive Changing the check time to any other value allows the controller to check all array hard drives at the selected time interval If any drive is then removed the controller will be able to know even if no host accesses that drive This option may not appear with drive channels that come with auto detection e g Fibre Channel Auto assign Global Spare Drive Enable this function to allow the system to auto assign one or more unused drives as the Global Spare drives This can prevent the lack of spare drive when a spare has previously been spent rebuilding a logical drive and yet a user forgets to configure another spare SMART This allows you to configure SMART related functionality SMART is short for Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology Options provided in the pull down menu are the actions to be taken if the SMART function detects an unstable drive Spindown Idle Delay Period Sec Subsystem firmware stops supplying 12V power source to hard drives when hard drives have not received I Os for a period of time When enabled this feature helps reduce power consumption
56. click Remove LUN Mag i al Logical Drive s or Volume s Figure 6 25 Host LUN Mapping Right click Menu 6 8 9 Configuration Parameters Window The Configuration Parameters window allows you to change various system preference options This window uses tabbed panels to provide access to the functional sub windows Each sub window provides configurable options using check boxes check circles drop down boxes or pull down menus Clicking the Apply button will complete the configuration process A mixture of message prompts file path windows text fields and confirm boxes ensure ease of use Refer to Chapter 7 for details of each configuration options 6 9 Arranging Windows Each array configuration window is enveloped in a system view window The system view window is the area where you interact with SANWatch program You can select commands from the outer shell Window menu to enlarge shrink or rearrange the currently opened system view s on your screen You may also select each connected system by clicking the listed systems at the bottom of the Window menu Arranging Windows 6 33 SANWatch User s Manual System Language Window Help Newt Window Tile All ga Device eh Informat Artay 188 95 8 88 A Ene Array 100 09 80 88 cw 1 Tasks Under Process Gd Ji J Lopital Drive Information I Logical Volume informati 1 System Informeaton ta Staticecs of Marvtenance m Logical Dives View Sche
57. configuration options with the mapping operation bo sanwatch caonnguratigr Fi Maintenance Logical Drive E Physical Driv ie Task Schedu Manne S i Configuration Fost Li ry f lapping Configuration Parameters s Th a 5 ee Quick install Volume pa Installation 4 nical Drive Exist Logical Drives ce Crea Logical Volume ogical Volumes Logical Drive s ID 44C9S00F Size ee fa te E J cha Al 5 Create Configuration Parameter Data Service The Host LUN Mapping window will appear on the right Right click on the Host LUN s sub window to display the command menu Select either a Slot A ID or a Slot B ID Infortrend s controllers or subsystems always come with pre configured IDs If it is necessary to create alternative IDs please select the Channel icon from the navigation panel to enter the Channel configuration menu Right click to display and execute the Add LUN Map command Accessing the LUN Map Table Chapter 10 LUN Mapping Host LUN Mapping Host LUN s Channel ID SCSI ID LUN ID Logical Drive Volume Partition Size Mb RAID Level Filter raji 112 0 Add LUN Map Remove LUN Map ha vv Logical Drive s or Volume s Partition s of LD 3359534 Index 0 Offset OMB Size 2000MB In a redundant controller configuration you will be prompted to select either a Slot A controller or a Slot B co
58. consisting of multiple arrays by forcing its LEDs to flash Select a disk drive from the Front View window select one of the flash drive options and then click on the Apply button in the Functions window Scan Add Clear Drive The Scan drive function allows users to scan in a newly added disk drive from a channel bus The Add and Clear function only appears when you click on an empty drive slot on a Fibre and SCSI drive channel RAID subsystem The feature enables users to manually add a drive entry when the drive slot is empty The created entry can be deleted by applying the Clear Drive Status option Low Level Format This function only appears with a new disk drive which has not been configured into a RAID array This function allows you to perform a low level format on a new disk drive Read Write Test You can perform a read write test onto a single disk drive Click on the disk drive that you wish to test in the Front View window and then set the test conditions such as Error Occurrence and Recovery Process in the Functions window Click Apply to start the action The Maintenance Category Chapter 6 Basic Operations 6 7 3 Task Schedules Maintenance Window The Physical Drives maintenance window is shown below SEE Satem Arion Commend Help is TE ij ute Task Schedules a Logical Volumes Infoms EE system information a a a seen TON Wl statistics Jk pws senian an Bietrrtalsvete a ee Le ee 7 M
59. create a Logical Volume first select its members from the Logical Drives Available column selected members will appear on the right Note that because members are striped together it is recommended that all members included in a Logical Volume contain the same drive size You may then select the Write Policy specific to this volume and click OK to finish the process or click Reset to restart the configuration process The Configuration Category Chapter 6 Basic Operations System Information hf Statistics A el Maintenance Create Logical Volume Logical Drives Available Selected Members Sse ecm Logical Drives 3 Physical Drives E Task Schedules A Configuration Quick Installation Be Installation Wizard sw 207C89Ac Size 1500MB B wo 477F4E 12 Size 150008 CL Create Logical Drive Eo Existing Logical Drives Write Policy Default OK Reset E Existing Logical Volumes J Channel un Host LUN Mapping ta Configuration Parameter Data Service 6 8 6 Existing Logical Volumes Window This window uses the same operation flow as that applied in the Existing Logical Volumes window NOTE This window also contains Edit mode commands that are only accessible by a mouse right click 6 8 7 Channel Window The Channel window allows you to change host or drive port data rate channel mode EonStor 2510FS only and to add or remove channel IDs Two pages Parameters
60. developed by the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF ISEMS Infortrend Simple Enclosure Management System an I C based enclosure monitoring standard developed by Infortrend Technologies Inc JBOD Just a Bunch of Disk non RAID use of multiple hard disks for data storage JRE Java Runtime Environment the Solaris Java program used to run JAR applications locally over a network or the Internet Logical Drive Typically a group of hard disks logically combined to form a single large storage volume Often abbreviated LD Logical Volume A group of logical drives logically combined to form a single large storage unit The logical drives contained within a logical volumes are striped together Often abbreviated LV LUN Logical Unit Number A 3 bit identifier used on a bus to distinguish between up to multiple devices logical units with the same host ID Mapping The assignment of a protocol or logical ID to a device for the purposes of presenting a RAID storage volume to an application server and or device management Mirroring A form of RAID where two or more identical copies of data are kept on separate disks Used in RAID 1 Configuration Client Glossary Glossary NRAID Parity RAID Appendices An independently run software application included with SANWatch which permits centralized management using the Root Agent as the bridging element and event notification via various met
61. displayed with 1024x768 screen resolution Screen captures throughout this document show the Windows look and feel 6 5 2 Screen Elements PITTI eee _ Command Menu 5 lala healed ln a a BRR RR RRR RE s peeeeneeeeeeneees Information Configuration p View a Pee eee SSSSSeeeeeeee ee s AGN F 1 z A a E i Navigation J a a j a Panel H a 7 See eee eee CEEE i sj r a 5 a r j s iF J m te Grii ay ie 5 i T apaa a T Corey ie E UG Cias Lape veya b a E SPP PCT I ED be Loe E a C E E F i m m E O PT E EventLog h a EEJ 7 FF i T Fam ath T f l m 1 a Wind OW E 7 LA Ce SS ri Pe eee J a t r 4 i EET TD PLAC Perper al let O prae FE TPI daba Pike Deter teed TTPO OCT ee TT m 4 i i Th A RAT Bif E T bial PAO Ce t f Wii 2 Se aA Tp feet e A eee al a i c se ee I E E Tear Se a ee ed f i E OT EE ETE AEST Si E EA EET LE Creat epii a a y i E TET ET i SAF ai E E ARAARA reana Ceas a f i a p i _ eS ce se aarti Cpe T G i __ SoS a PP TPH AP gt ee Se ee eer e E aif A E DER TARHI WBA EACE T Caren Faim E Fumi Log Lint Cii A ent Linens COUPEE EES EEE EEE EE EEE EEEE EE EEEE EE EEEE EEEE E E A p Figure 6 4 GUI Screen Elements 6 14 Look and Feel Chapter 6 Basic Operations The GUI screen can be divided mainly into three 3 separate windows a tree structure Navig
62. drives to a particular logical drive to serve as backup drives When a drive fails within the logical drive one of the spares will be automatically configured into the logical drive and data reconstruction onto it will immediately commence The following are guidelines for disk failure recovery when a spare drive is available If a spare drive exists in the same logical drive the controller will automatically mount the spare drive and start rebuilding data in the background Depending on system design it may be possible to remove a defective drive and replace it with a new drive without shutting down the system hot swapping All EonStor subsystems support drive hot swapping The replacement drive must then be assigned as a new spare drive You may also enable the Auto Assign Global Spare feature for a new drive to be automatically configured into a Global Spare 2 4 Operating without Spare Drives The following are guidelines for disk failure recovery when a spare drive is not available Operating with Spare Drives 2 3 SANWatch User s Manual Depending on the design of the system it may be possible to remove a defective drive and replace it with a new drive without shutting down the system hot swapping All EonStor subsystems support drive hot swapping If the replacement drive is installed on the same channel and ID the original drive slot where the faulty drive was you can then proceed with data
63. is Enabled with a maximum tag count of 32 Host side Parameters Maximum Queued I O Count This is the arrangement of the controller internal resources for use with a number of the current host nexus It is a concurrent nexus so when the cache is cleared up it will accept a different nexus again Many I Os can be accessed via the same nexus This function allows you to configure the maximum number of I O queues the controller can accept from the host computer LUNs per Host ID Each SCSI ID can have up to 32 LUNs Logical Unit Numbers A logical configuration of array capacity can be presented through one of the LUNs under each host channel ID Most SCSI host adapters treat a LUN like another SCSI device Max Concurrent Host LUN The configuration option adjusts the internal resources for use with a number of current host nexus If there are four host computers A B C and D accessing the array through four host IDs LUNs ID 0 1 2 and 3 host A through ID 0 one nexus host B through ID 1 one nexus host C through ID 2 one nexus and host D through ID 3 one nexus all queued in the cache that is called 4 nexus If there are I Os in the cache through four different nexus and another host I O comes down with a nexus different than the four in the cache for example host A access ID 3 the controller will return busy Note that it is concurrent nexus if the cache is cleared up it will accept four different ne
64. logical drive creation process When created the logical drive is automatically mapped to the first available host ID LUN The Quick Installation function includes all disk drives in ONE big logical drive and makes it available through one host ID LUN which may not be the best choice for all RAID applications especially for large enclosures with multiple host ports and those consisting of many disk drives If you already have at least one logical drive in the RAID subsystem this function will automatically be disabled You will be prompted by a message saying a logical drive already exists Installation Wizard The installation wizard comes with step by step instructions and choices that help you quickly configure your RAID systems and snapshot protection The Configuration Category Chapter 6 Basic Operations VWhatis the Installation Wizard The installation wizard is a step by step process to help you build a RAID system easier than ever This wizard will help you quickly create RAID arrays and our best feature snapshot By selecting just a few configuration parameters you will able to use the whole RAID system after the wizard finished No matter you are a express user or a professional user this wizard will provide you a best experience using a RAID system What is the Configuration Wizard This wizard will help you quickly create RAID arrays and or a Snapshot volume By specifying array parameters througho
65. logical volume Partition s of 5D8D3BEB P2 Index 0 Offset OMB Size 14346MB Type of tasks being processed by the subsystem The Task status window displays icons representing specific configurations A partitioned logical drive volume is represented as a color bar that can be split into many segments Each color segment indicates a partition of a configured array A partitioned logical volume is represented as a color bar that can be split into many segments Each color segment indicates a partition of a configured volume A member of a logical volume representing a logical drive Different logical drives are presented using icons of different colors 5 4 Array Information Icons Chapter 5 SANWatch Icons Fibre Channel Status a l A Fibre host channel System Information A battery module A RAID controller unit cf A current sensor ime A cooling module i An enclosure device connected through an I2C bus A power supply An enclosure device connected through SAF TE SCSI bus 3 An enclosure device connected through SES Fibre link SES po J A drive tray slot by An UPS device A voltage sensor 5 3 Maintenance Icons Maintenance This category uses the same icons as in the Logical Drive Information window See Logical Drive Information section Maintenance Icons 5 5 SANWatch User s Manual 5 4 Configuration Icons Create Logical Drives
66. mai z QT Maintenance Logical Drives Available Selected Members E Semen Logical Drives wo 201C89Ac Size 1500048 wo 477F4E 12 Size 150008 3 Physical Drives Size MB st Task Schedules 5 Es Configuration Quick Installation QU installation Wizard 9 Create Logical Drive Write Policy Default Assignment Slat a Ee ok Reset i iun Host LUN Mapping W Configuration Parameter a Data Service 9 3 2 Creating Logical Volumes 9 3 2 1 LV Creation i Step 1 Select the LDs that will be used in the LV from the Logical Drives Available panel amp t Step 2 Select the following RAID parameters Write Policy m Assignment oc t Step 3 Information about the selected LDs will appear on the Selected Members panel Click the OK button 9 3 2 2 Selecting LDs a t Step 1 Select each logical drive you wish to include in the new logical volume with a single mouse click Select the Logical Drives you wish to incorporate into a Logical Volume and click the Add button beneath the Available menu Logical Volume Management 9 21 SANWatch User s Manual 7 Step 2 All available logical drives are listed on the left Double check to ensure that you have selected the appropriate members 9 3 2 3 Setting Logical Volume Parameters Logical Volume parameter options can be accessed at the lower half of the Create Logical Volume window Logical Volume
67. manufacturer to verify that this feature is supported The network equipment Ethernet switches routers and so forth between the host and the subsystem must also be configured to accept Jumbo frames Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters 7 19 7 20 Disk Array Parameters SANWatch User s Manual PESANWatch System Language Window Help System Action Help F Enclosure View eS Tasks Under Process HE Logical Drive Information ma Logical Volume Informati E System Information I Statistics f Maintenance _ Logical Drives E Physical Drives fF Task Schedules EX Configuration Quick Installation JZ Installation Wizard Create Logical Drive 4 Existing Logical Drives Create Logical Volume Ea Existing Logical Volumes 5 Channel un Host LUN Mapping Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Trigger Host side Drive side Disk array Rebuild Priority Write Verify on Normal Access Write Verify on LD Rebuild Write Verify on LD Initialization Maximum Drive Response Timeout AY Optimization Mode Apply 2007 05 03 15 40 15 Description Controller Initialization Completed 2007 05 03 15 40 26 Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT PSU1 status Failure Detected SNAPSHOT Notif SI ID S9CEF166138F4802 Deleted ES E 2007 05 08 10 29 53 mS 2007 05 08 1
68. occurs or the power supply units fail The BBU is an optional item for some subsystem models Power Supply Unit PSU All RAID devices should come with at least one PSU that provides power to the RAID device from the main power source Enclosure Display 12 3 SANWatch User s Manual 12 4 12 3 12 3 1 Cooling Module All RAID devices should come with at least one cooling module LED Representations As described earlier see Section 12 1 the Enclosure View is a direct representation of the physical devices Almost every major component has its status indicating LEDs When a component fails or some other event occurs the related LEDs will flash or change the display color The physical status of the LEDs will be reflected by the LEDs shown in the Enclosure View window That is if an LED on the physical device changes its display color then the display color of the corresponding LED in the Enclosure View window will also change Enclosure Pages aee Vie RAID Cea ssonienaionaD JBOD Chl 2 1D 114 SIDDER filo aos a E a CDs 1a ED SSS es Status LEDs Figure 12 3 Enclosure Tabbed Panel and Component LED Display The definition for each LED has been completely described in the Installation and Hardware Reference Manual that came with your RAID controller subsystem Please refer to the manual to determine what the different LEDs represent Service LED on Models that C
69. online kecave The mconsistencies Clear suspect data A selection window appears showing configured RAID volumes Click on a RAID volume in the Logical Drive s Volume s column and click ona color bar to select a RAID partition if configured 4 select a partition as Source Volume Logica Dries f Wiolumeds as Source Houme for Snapshot Indes Partitien s of LD 58017990 2 Offset 500MB Site 250M6 Purge Threshold Type foams Purge Thre Max Snapshot image Count Sheold Value ND Specify Purge policy _oK Cancel Step 3 2 4 Configuration Process Select Purge Threshold parameters from the dropdown lists in the lower half of the screen Purge Threshold Type In Time secs Specify the purge threshold type as how long the Snapshot images will be kept 15 19 SANWatch User s Manual In SI count Specify the purge threshold type as how many Snapshot images will be kept for the Snapshot Set Purge Threshold Value Enter a threshold value here Max Snapshot image Count The default for the maximum number of Snapshot images is shown Step 3 2 5 Click OK to complete the process Step 3 3 Taking Snapshots Manually Create Snapshot Images A CAUTION Before manually taking a snapshot free host I Os and flush OS and application caches to avoid data inconsistency System Action Command Helo Whal Statistics e Maintenance Vi
70. password The target name here applies to a two way mutual CHAP configuration Identical target name and password must be configured on the initiator software or HBA configuration utility The target password here applies to a two way CHAP configuration for outbound authentication Some login authentication utilities provided with iSCSI HBAs on Windows operating systems require a CHAP password of the length of at least 12 characters 10 8 LUN Mapping Chapter 10 LUN Mapping oo P NOTE 1 Infortrend supports one way or two way mutual CHAP authentication With two way CHAP a separate three way handshake is initiated between an iSCSI initiator and storage host port On the initiator side for example Microsoft initiator software CHAP logon is designated as an option with selectable initiator ION name and that of the target secret to which the CHAP authentication call will be issued namely the host port on your subsystem General jets Connect by using Local adapter Defaut Source F Defaut Target Portal CAC Checksum Data digest Header digest CHAP helps ensure data securite by providing authentication between a target and an initiator trying to establish a connection To use it specity the same target CHAP secret that was configured on the target for this initiator User name Jian 1 991 06 com microsoft jovi server Target secret T Perform mutual authent
71. screen three 3 installation modes will appear in the following screen These modes are Centralized Management Stand alone on Host and Stand alone on Subsystem Centralized Management Selecting this option allows you to install the complete software utilities including the SANWatch software a Root Agent RAID Agents Configuration Client utility and necessary drivers on the computer chosen as a management center The new Central Management utility is also installed in this process The utility provides Online monitoring of multiple RAID subsystems across the network Stand alone on Host Selecting this option will install the In band driver RAID agents for servers that are directly attached to a RAID subsystem and the SANWatch software on the local host Stand alone on Subsystem This will install the software onto the controller subsystem itself The EonStor subsystems come with necessary RAID agents embedded in the firmware A RAID subsystem will use a small section of formatted disk space called the reserved space to store software related files Installed in this mode SANWatch can be started by a remote browser accessing the array through the subsystem s Ethernet port via a pre assigned IP 3 15 SANWatch User s Manual 3 16 3 4 7 If the Stand alone on Subsystem installation was selected you will have to use a web browser to connect to the SANWatch program To do this open a we
72. setts ie aS l SESS E e E E E Create Cancel Step 6 Another Schedule Setting window will prompt providing you various options with starting an automated snapshot schedule 15 34 Snapshot Scheduler amp Prune Policy Configuration Data Service Snapshot Ff schedule Setting Rule Config onapshot Set PazF4fOs0b radar Mame Snapshot testo Select Type Interval T Interval From 20070521 To bore Select Period Hourly By Every i Start On 20070521 15 10 Fule Description Scheduling Interval From 20070521 To 200706 T Hourly On Every 1 Start on 20070821 15 10 Prune Policy Disabled Previous Save Cancel Below are details about setting each configurable scheduler option Name Provide a name for the schedule Letters and numeric characters are preferred Select Type Once A Snapshot will be taken just once When Once is selected the below options will be grayed out Interval Snapshots will be taken at specified intervals between a begin date and an end date Repeatedly Snapshots will be taken at specified intervals without the limitation of a begin date and an end date Interval From The begin date of the Interval type of snapshot schedule The begin and end date can be changed by double clicking a number as highlighted in the screen above and then click on the up or down buitons to increase or decrease the number To
73. station will use to communicate with the Root Agent The default for Administrator is root There is no default password for login as Guest wh NOTE This password is independent from the password set for the 410 Root Agent Configuration Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Configuration login to start the SANWatch management program e Guest Password This is selected to enable a user logging in as Guest to view the status of RAID arrays currently being managed by the Configuration Client utility 4 3 2 Adding RAID Agents IPs Associating Root Agent with Multiple RAID Arrays RAID Agents are the sub modules of SANWatch or the Configuration Client utility used to communicate with a RAID subsystem Multiple RAID Agents can be associated with a Root Agent A Root Agent then summarizes and presents these RAID Agents to the Configuration Client so that system administrators can be notified of system alerts if faulty conditions are detected within these RAID arrays t Step 1 RAID Agents currently being managed by a Root Agent are listed in the lower right corner of the Configuration Client screen mE t Step 2 To add or delete RAID Agents click the Create button next to the Root Agent pull down list to open an Add Monitor Controller window See Error Reference source not found The same command can also be activated by right clicking on the agent list under Current Value section
74. sub window Logical Drive Management Chapter 9 Drive Management NOTE The Default option should be considered as Not Specified If a logical drive s write policy is set to Default the logical drive s caching behavior will be automatically controlled by firmware In the event of component failure or violated temperature threshold Write back caching will be disabled and changed to a conservative Write through mode When set to Default the caching mode will be automatically adjusted as part of the event triggered responses Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Trigger Host side Drive side Disk array UPS Auxiliary Power Loss Power Supply Failed Fan Failure Temperature exceeds threshold Apply 9 2 2 4 Click OK to Create an LD t Step 1 Click the OK button t Step 2 A confirm message will appear showing the LD is successfully created When the initialization process begins you can check the Tasks Under Process window to view its progress 9 2 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Drive Window Various functions can be performed on configured arrays in the Existing Logical Drives window The window is accessible from the Action menu or SANWatch s navigation panel on the GUI screen Logical Drive Management 9 7 SANWatch User s Manual Wi SANWatch System Language Window Help La _ System Action Command Help T inf
75. the Central Management utility To setup the Auto Discovery option please follow the steps below t Step 1 Open the Module Configuration page Use the Module Name pull down menu to select Auto Discovery option Module Contig Plugin Create E Module Marne Auto Discovery F scan range Rescan tire 192 160 5 0 192 166 5 254 192 1660 4 0 192 i t Step 2 Double click on the current value under IP scan range row to open the Auto Discovery dialog box Wl Auto Discovery i q x IP Range From h 92 1 68 5 0 to h 97 166 5 254 f 92 168 5 0 192 1685 5 254 Expand Modif Delete Cancel Finish n t Step 3 Enter a set of IP range that you want the system to detect in the IP range dialog box wh w NOTE You may modify an existing IP range by clicking the Modify button or delete an existing IP range by clicking the Delete button Click on the Cancel button to cancel any action you made in the Auto Discovery dialog box and return to the Auto Discovery main screen 4 31 4 32 SANWatch User s Manual i t Step 4 Click the Expand button to add the new IP range into a preset list t Step 5 Click the Finish button to close this dialog box and return to the Auto Discovery option main screen Step 6 Double click on the current value on Rescan time row to modify a time frame in minute that you like the system to scan the network w NOTE
76. trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and other countries LINUX is a trademark of Linus Torvalds RED HAT is a registered trademark of Red Hat Inc Solaris and Java are trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc All other names brands products or services are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners il SANWatch User s Manual Table of Contents CONTACTS INFORMA TION sccsloncscosevsacsteidetes eles sieecswoudeossccuceusstex such bevesesetaacesstescedusceseacavcasvacesseeuss II COPY RIGHT 2007 tec svccescesshessassuvaseseneuss cxcseuessussusseevecseuscouweassuisccdcons suausseebeceaseseeeesevssseuessssiensee Il e EGicion PUD Shed DOO EE E E E ec seeea pasta E EE ili D a a oda Aaa ehs ili Todea ka a E N a A a acta ili TABLE OF CONTENTS aiaia oinera aa e aaa O noana aeaa aa Aaa aeaa a a aai IV LISTOR TADLES oia osea Aa a AO E A Eea EEEE EE AEAEE NEREAREN X LABLE OF EIGCURES ci vecesicccssscectescsiececedsssuvsecscossseescaceedncecdesesdessecdsec deans ceadsewssasesensencsesdsssvecseounes X CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 SANWATCH OVERVIEW sasszsssccscesesessacceatcs cosaaccsaracsacsaaetcassensccacastassaneasectousiuasesuntateass 1 2 1 1 1 Product Desciiphiom eeren a eee 1 2 1 1 2 SANW AIC lV CESIOMS eaa aa o E OR 1 2 PAS PCat ine SUIMIALY aran a EE E E eraccetes 1 2 1 2 FEATURED HIGHLIGHTS sissssicscscesscessssiosttscccccacsiesdeceunscsdssedsstvcedeusssdesdevestdeestecsseveneus s 1 3 1 2 1 Graphical User
77. values Click Apply for the configurations to take effect 7 3 Controller Controller here refers to the RAID controller unit which is the main processing unit of a RAID subsystem The configuration window contains two sub windows Caching and Controller Parameters To configure the Communications 7 3 SANWatch User s Manual controller s caching behaviors select an appropriate value from each of the pull down menus Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Trigger Host side Driv Caching Parameters WWrite Back Cache Enabled Periodic Cache Flush Time Seci Disabled Controller Parameters Controller Mame Not Set Unique Identifier HEX Time Zonecahiyy 00 00 DateTime 2007 06 25 OF 41 4 Apply The data cache can be configured for optimal I O performance using the following variables Caching Parameters Write Back Cache Enabled Host Writes are cached before being distributed to hard drives This improves write performance but requires battery backup support to protect data integrity in case of a power outage Disabled Cache Write Through Used primarily if no cache battery backup is installed and if there is increased likelihood of a power failure Default This value is considered as a Not specified option If set to default the subsystem s caching mode will be automatical
78. will appear as a device with the user defined peripheral device type If all undefined LUNs is selected each LUN in that host ID will appear as a device with the user defined peripheral device type For connection without a pre configured logical unit and Ethernet link to a host the in band SCSI protocol can be used in order for the host to see the RAID subsystem Please refer to the reference table below You will need to make adjustments in those pull down menus Peripheral Device Type Peripheral Device Qualifier Device Support for Removable Media and LUN Application Operation Peripheral Peripheral Device LUN System Device Device Support for Applicability Type Qualifier Removable Media Windows Oxd Connected Either is okay LUN O s 2000 2003 Solaris 8 9 Oxd Connected Either is okay x86 and SPARC Oxd Linux Connected Either is okay LUN O s RedHat 8 9 SuSE 8 9 Table 7 1 Peripheral Device Type Parameters ewer Joms Enclosure Service Device Oxd Storage Array Controller Device Enclosure Services Device Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters 7 17 SANWatch User s Manual Table 7 2 Peripheral Device Type Settings Cylinder Head Sector Drive capacity is decided by the number of blocks For some operating systems Sun Solaris for example the capacity of a drive is determined by the cylinder head sector count For Sun Solaris the cylinder cannot exceed 6553
79. will continue until there remains a reserve of the minimum number of snapshot images The reserve can be configured as the minimum number of snapshot images or by the life span of individual snapshot images For example if snapshots life span is set to one week and a snapshot is taken every day a Purge action desperately freeing capacity will eventually stop by the reserve consisting of seven images Snapshot Container Purge Policy ist 2nd 3rd 4th 9th 10th 11th 12th 17th 18th 19th 20th KKKKKKKA Purged to the Image Reserve en 9 Sth 6th 7th 8th 13th 14th 15th 16th Threshold X za pa e 2a pa ea Exceeded 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 1 Week Life Span Figure 15 9 Snapshot Purge Policy with Life Span Setting 15 28 Snapshot Purge Policy Space Management Data Service Snapshot Prune Policy The Prune policy is bundled with the automated Snapshot Scheduler utility see the following section as the upper threshold on how many Snapshot images to be taken and maintained by a Snapshot schedule Shown below is an example with a one week life span threshold If one snapshot is taken each day the first image will be erased on the eighth day The scheduler prune policy helps contain the number of snapshot images taken by each snapshot schedule Scheduler Prune Policy Threshold 1 Week Life Span Be Kom Kamm Lame Lame fame Kane ae st 2nd 3rd 4th Sth 6th 7t
80. 0 29 55 SNAPSHOT Notif SI 1D 4C7341E05342E333 Deleted 4 Rebuild Priority The rebuild priority determines how much of the system resources are applied when rebuilding a logical drive Available options are Low Normal Improved and High The higher priority takes up more system resources and the rebuild process completes more rapidly However I O performance in the meantime is inevitably lower due to the resources consumed Write Verify Options Errors may occur when a hard drive writes data In order to avoid write errors the controller can force the hard drives to verify the written data There are three selectable methods 1 Verification on LD Normal Access Performs Verify after Write during normal I O requests 2 Verification on LD Rebuild Writes Performs Verify after Write during the rebuilding process 3 Verification on LD Initialization Writes Performs Verify after Write while initializing the logical drive Maximum Drive Response Timeout ms The main purpose for having a maximum response time on hard drives is to ensure delays caused by media errors or drive erratic behaviors do not result in host Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters I O timeouts Doing so can avoid the unnecessary efforts dealing with delays especially when drives showing problems are often the failing drives Below are some operation limitations e Battery
81. 3 Logical Drive Information Window 6 6 4 Logical Volume Information Window m 6 6 5 Fibre Channel Status Window 6 6 6 System Information Window 6 6 7 Statistics Window The Maintenance Category Section 6 7 page 6 22 6 7 1 Logical Drive Maintenance Window 6 7 2 Physical Drives Maintenance Window 6 7 3 Task Schedules Maintenance Window The Configuration Category Section 6 8 page 6 28 6 8 1 Quick Installation 6 8 2 Installation Wizard 6 8 3 Create Logical Drive Window 6 8 4 Existing Logical Drives Window m 6 8 5 Create Logical Volume Window 6 8 6 Existing Logical Volumes Window 6 8 7 Channel Window 6 8 8 Host LUN Mapping Window 6 8 9 Configuration Parameters Window Arranging Windows Section 6 9 page 6 33 Multi array Management Section 6 10 page 6 35 6 2 Starting SANWatch Agents Chapter 6 Basic Operations 6 1 Starting SANWatch Agents Once the SANWatch software is properly installed the necessary software agents start automatically each time the management station is started or reset e g RAID Agents and Root Agents However the GUI part of SANWatch and the Configuration Client utility need to be manually started Since the majority of RAID storage applications require non stop operation the Configuration Client utility which is used to monitor and report array conditions should be installed on a management server that runs 24 7 operation For a higher
82. 5 choose cylinder lt 65535 then the controller will automatically adjust the head sector count for your OS to read the correct drive capacity Please refer to the related documents provided with your operating system for more information Cylinder Head and Sector counts are selectable from the configuration menus shown below To avoid any difficulties with a Sun Solaris configuration the values listed below can be applied Table 7 3 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris Older Solaris versions do not support drive capacities larger than 1 terabyte Solaris 10 now supports array capacity larger than 1TB Set the values to the values listed in the table below rane as Table 7 4 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris The values shown above are for reference only and may not apply to all applications Login Authentication with CHAP This option allows you to enable or disable the login authentication with the Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP function CHAP enables the username and password to be encrypted against eavesdroppers Both One way and Two way Mutual CHAP approaches are available through the iSCSI Initiator menu under the Host LUN mapping window 7 18 Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters m The CHAP configuration option here enables CHAP configuration menu in the host LUN mapping window m Unlike previ
83. 5 234 w f configure modiy Delate Cancel Finish A t Step 4 Define the IP scan range to search the network Click Finish oc Step 5 Double click the ON OFF switch The Root Agent will automatically scan the IP range for available subsystems on the network Step 6 Check the scan results in RootAgent Setting IMPORTANT The Auto Discovery Module only supports the Firmware versions listed below FW 3 42HO03 or later Fibre to SATA FW 3 42J09 or later SCSI to SATA FW3 42RO1 or later Fibre to Fibre Auto Discovery cannot detect a subsystem if the firmware version is older then those listed above However you can still manually provide the subsystem s Agent IP Setting Up the Utility 14 3 SANWatch User s Manual 14 4 14 3 14 4 14 4 1 Central Management Connection The Central Management utility displays system information via the intermediate Root Agents The information is queried indirectly from the Root Agents that in turn acquire system information from their subordinate RAID subsystems The connections with these agents are displayed using colorful icons Figure 14 1 Not Connected The above icon shows a failed connection window Figure 14 2 Data Query The above icon shows that the Central Management utility is querying data from the Root Agent Figure 14 3 Connected The above icon shows that the Central Management utility is connected with the Roo
84. 58 Status Good Speed 2 0GB Information Summary sssceaac Device Controller CPU PPC750 Cache 256MB ECC SORAM Prae 3 414 Bootrecord 1 31K SNN 2 Power Supply 0 functioning normally fo Power Supply 1 functioning normally Ti Channel Channel 0 Host Fibre Speed 2 GHz Channel Channel 1 Host Fibre Speed Auto Channel Channel 3 RCCOM Fibre Speed Auto E Logical Drive D 784B644E RAID 5 8000MB amx Lun Chi ID 0 SCSI 1D 0 LUN O Figure 12 5 Component Information Message Tags To generate the message tags move the mouse cursor onto the relevant RAID device component For example if you wish to determine the operational status of a RAID subsystem move the cursor onto the enclosure graphic and the corresponding message tag will appear Enclosure Display 12 5 SANWatch User s Manual The enclosure front view message tag displays the current configuration of the drive including the channel number of the drive slot on the subsystem to which the drives are connected the drive s capacity transfer rate and current status The enclosure components function as a summary of module operating status The operating status of each module is shown either as operating normally or failed NOTE Messages do not always appear instantaneously After the cursor has been moved onto the component there is usually a delay of a second before the message tag appears
85. 58 Status Good Speed 2 0GB Information Summary 72465644E Device D Fan 3 functioning normally g Controller CPU PPC750 Cache 256MB ECC SDRAM Firmware 3 414 Bootrecord 1 31K SN 12 Po wer Supply 0 functioning normally T Power Supply 1 functioning normally og E Channel Channel 0 Host Fibre Speed 2 GHZ T whe Channel Channel 1 Host Fibre Speed Auto 3 T whe Channel Channel 3 RCCOM Fibre Speed Auto q Logical Drive 1D 784B644E RAID 5 8000MB i come Lun Chl ID 0 SCSI 10 0 LUN 0 Figure 6 9 Enclosure View Window The Information Category Chapter 6 Basic Operations 6 6 2 Tasks Under Process Window The Tasks Under Process window shown in Figure 6 10 reminds you of unfinished tasks being processed by a subsystem The start time and percentage of progress are also displayed on screen Task status Task Description Staus Ve F Logica Drive 71488186 On Line initialization 64 4 Drive 11 Media Scan S S eS 4 Drive 13 Media Scan w m gt S 4 Drive 15 Media Scan o gt SS Figure 6 10 Task Status Window 6 6 3 Logical Drive Information Window The Logical Drive Information window provides the configuration management and monitoring functions available in SANWatch The Logical Drive View window includes three 3 sub windows Logical Drive Status Front View and Logical Drive Message Logical Drive
86. 60MHz Table 8 3 SCSI Channels Clock Speeds User Configurable Channel Parameters 8 5 SANWatch User s Manual 8 6 8 2 4 W NOTE Infortrend s SCSI products are backward compatible with older version of SCSI type However using older versions of SCSI type may slow down the data transferring speed and you may not be able to enjoy some of the new SCSI features Under conditions in which SCSI signal quality is poor such as with extremely long cables poor connections or bad termination it may occasionally be necessary to reduce the synchronous transfer clock to allow the SCSI channel to function normally Furthermore certain older SCSI devices may only support narrow transfer and behave abnormally when attempting to negotiate wide transfer Under such conditions wide transfer may need to be disabled forcing the controller to use narrow transfer mode with that device iD IMPORTANT Every time you change the transfer speed you must reset the controller for the changes to take effect ID Pool AID BID The selection with AID Slot A controller ID and BID Slot B controller ID only appears with controller subsystems that come with dual redundant RAID controllers This parameter sets the IDs to appear on the host channels Each channel must have a unique ID in order to work properly For a SCSI host subsystem IDs range from 0 to 15 For an iSCSI host subsystem IDs range from 0 to 3 For a Fibre host controlle
87. 7 5 Threshold Section 7 6 Redundant Controller Settings Section 7 7 Event Triggered Operations Section 7 8 Other Section 7 9 Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters 7 1 1 2 7 1 SANWatch User s Manual Accessing the Configuration Parameters Options To access controller configuration options either use the Configuration category icons on the Navigation Tree or select the Configuration Parameters command from the command menu to open the Configuration Parameters The configuration window contains many options that are directly related to array performance and should be configured before creating logical arrays ees p Information Configuration Par Quick Installation Create Logical Drive Existing Logical Drives Create Logical Volume System ifior Existing Logical Volumes kul Statistic Channel iF Maintenance Host LUN Mappia T Logical Dr n Contra FP Logical Drive a Logical Volur OM I Te nn Baud iano LAND y Physical Drives m Task Schedules a i Configuration IP Ad Quick Installatio Subn a Installation Wing Deta Host LUN Mapping la007 05 03 ano 05 03 2007 05 08 The following is a complete list of configuration controls and optional menus that you will have available once the Configuration Parameters option has been selected More information about many of these variables is available in
88. 73P Fh Aa 5 Se z a Partition s of LD LEEG trea D Oft t DNG i To jema lt is a good practice to keep a configuration diagram showing information such as the number of logical drives logical partitions their capacities and their roles In a complex configuration you can easily get lost in a jungle of logical configurations me Source volume 0 Partition 1 e Source volume 1 se 9 9 ee C gt Source volume 2 A te Q ig Snapshot gt f gt Partition 0 12GB Container te te s 1 12GB gt Reserved volume Figure 15 7 Exemplary RAID and Snapshot Configuration Drawing 15 18 Configuration Process Step 3 2 PT i a NOTE Data Service Snapshot Create an Additional Snapshot Set A Snapshot Set is automatically created whenever a Snapshot Container is created Multiple Snapshot Sets can be manually added to a Snapshot Container in order to refer to other source volumes Step 3 2 1 Step 3 2 2 Step 3 2 3 Fi E rea te Snapshot Set Create Snapshot Set Click on the Configure Snapshot icon in the navigation tree and then single click to select an existing Snapshot Container Right click on an existing Snapshot Container and select Create Snapshot Set from the dropdown list Create Snapshot Container Expand Snapshot Container Space Utilization Threshold Delete Snapshot Container Snapshot Set Bring
89. 8 2 1 Ca WO eS eine chee terete eae Geen ala ae oda eae ed ea AR 8 4 8 2 2 Terminalo 2 ics Patisserie nina a a a a a a a iba 8 5 8 2 3 Default Transfer Clock M MHZ narai iene ea R E EE 8 5 8 2 4 OPO AIDA BID irr ear a E A es 8 6 8 3 SETTING THE CONFIGURATIONS FOR A CHANNEL ccccsscccssscsscccccccccscccccccccccccecees 8 7 CHAPTER 9 DRIVE MANAGEMENT 9 1 LOCATING DRIVES sas sisccissccusndensscuceusncasivecanesussccacensniel sabonessrGusinade a 9 3 9 2 LOGICAL DRIVE MANAGEMENT scudeccossseessdsasuccaceassczcesvscssdacsassseadsostusdoaieadecsdseesaceeess 9 3 9 2 1 Accessing the Create Logical Drive Window ccccecsssscceceeeeesnseeeeseeeseees 9 4 9 2 2 Creatine Logical Drives sesiriies ien A R 9 5 92 21 Lo sical Drive Cred on Process osinon a A R 9 5 DD Di o o E DE A E E EE E A E E E E E 9 5 O22 32 SSeS RAD Parie a a a rake 9 6 DEVOS ZE ae a N E A ES 9 6 SClSCUMS SNIPE SIZE erar a eve lu a tiauwa cued tauadcnerrcedoks 9 6 Initial Zation OPUONS sasieias inde Paes a aeahens ab isch eslae E A EA 9 6 DELCO LIRA TD eye ee asics n Bie as tet nce a a ots sche oan Wes darned Mes ANRE 9 6 WY TILE MP OIC Y rocana E teas aoete send outndta mutha tase taniina axed anumseomendaciseetutes 9 6 D2 ae CHOCO Crei an ED os ie oases aie EA E E T 9 7 925 Accessing the Existing Logical Drive Window ccccesssceceeceeeeseenteeeeeeeees 9 7 923 Modityne LD Configurations asn a r EEE R EA 9 9 9 2 3 2 Expanding LD by Adding Di
90. AID subsystem on each RAID controller 2 Purchasing SANWatch by the following license application procedure 3 A corresponding firmware version with the support for functionalities such as snapshot The Data Service Snapshot functionality will not be available unless the 30 day trial use is manually activated in the following way Click on the About button on the Help menu of the array management window not the outer shell window PESAN Watch System Language Window Help System Action Help _ Device oe a Information M A Enclosure View Using Snapshot Data Service 3 21 SANWatch User s Manual 3 22 3 6 Trial Use Click on the Activate Key button to begin the 30 days trial use of the software The trial use of snapshot functionality also requires resetting your RAID subsystem If you are running older firmware such as FW3 48 you should upgrade your firmware and use the Generate License Apply File button to produce an Apply File Submit the file to your vendor or log in our VIP room website to apply a trial use For more information please refer to Chapter 15 By E key 3 amp Infortrend SANWatch e if j SAN watch 1 0 4 Copyright 1999 2007 Infortrend Technology Inc Please read this license agreement before using this software This agreement if a legal binding contract between you Customer and Infortrend Technology Inc Cinfortrend governing the use of
91. Agent servers from a single workstation Disconnects from a currently connected Root Agent RootAgent server topics with a screen element Help Displays SANWatch Manager online help Details about the Configuration Client utility are also included Root Agent Right click Menu Commands Add Host Connects to a Root Agent server usually the one that you chose as a management and on which you installed the Configuration Client utility However you may connect to multiple Root Agent servers from a single workstation Delete Host Deletes a Root Agent entry from the connection view Disconnects from a currently connected Root Agent server Creates dummy events for testing the Events notification functions Refresh Refreshes the connection view status Updates the connection information about Root Agent s and the RAID arrays being managed Command Summary App 5 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank App 6 Command Summary Appendices Appendix B Glossary Glossary BBU Battery backup unit A BBU protects cached data in the event of power outage Fibre Also known as Fibre Channel A device protocol in the case of RAID a data storage device capable of high data transfer rates Fibre Channel simplifies data bus sharing and supports greater speed and more devices on the same bus Fibre Channel can be used over both copper wire and optical cables Fiber An optical netwo
92. Appendix B page App 7 RAID Levels Appendix C page App 13 C 1 RAID Description C 2 Non RAID Storage C 3 RAID 0 C 4 RAID 1 C 5 RAID 1 0 1 C 6 RAID 3 C 7 RAID 5 C 8 RAID 6 C 9 RAID 10 30 50 Additional References Appendix D page App 19 D 1 Java Runtime Environment D 2 SANWatch Update Downloads amp Upgrading D 3 Uninstalling SANWatch Appendices App 1 SANWatch User s Manual Appendix A Command Summary A 1 A 2 App 2 This appendix describes the commands available in SANWatch Manager These commands are presented either in each configuration window as command buttons on pull down menus or on pop up menus triggered by a mouse right click Menu Commands This section lists and explains the commands available from the menus in the menu bar SANWatch Program Commands SANWatch System Menu Commands Outer Shell Window Open Device Connects SANWatch Manager to a particular disk array system Auto Discovery Searches the available RAID systems in the specific range on the network Closes the SANWatch Manager application SANWatch Language menu Commands Outer Shell Window English Opens English version of the online help Opens the Deutsch version of the online help H Opens the Japanese version of the online help Opens the Spanish version of the online help Command Summary Appendices SANWatch Window Menu Commands Outer Sh
93. Assignment Select Slot A controller or Slot B controller from the Logical Volume Assignment menu WP NOTE In a single controller configuration or the BIDs Slot B controller IDs are not assigned on host channels the LD Assignment menu will not be available Select Write Policy Use the Write Policy menu to select Default Global Setting Write Through or Write Back The same policy will automatically apply to all logical drives members included in the logical volume NOTE The Default option should be considered as Not Specified If set to Default the logical drive s caching behavior will be automatically controlled by firmware In the event of component failure or violated temperature threshold the Write back caching will be disabled and changed to a more conservative Write through mode 9 3 2 4 Click OK to Create a Logical Volume Once the logical drives that will be used in the Logical Volume have been selected and all the desired Logical Volume parameters have been selected Step 1 Click the OK button at the bottom of the Create Logical Volume window t Step 2 The creation is completed almost immediately 9 22 Logical Volume Management Chapter 9 Drive Management 9 3 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Volumes Window The Existing Logical Volumes window allows you to perform Logical Volume expansion and change related configuration options As shown below the configuration win
94. Before You Start section below The sections follow will explain how to install SANWatch in different Operation systems Before You Start Before starting the installation read through the notes listed below TCP IP must be installed and running with a valid IP address assigned to a server The server can either be used as a centralized management station a remote client using a browser to access the array or directly attached with a RAID subsystem using the in band protocols Your system display must be running in 16K colors or higher mode otherwise some configuration items may not be visible Be certain that your system meets the minimum hardware and software requirements listed in Section 3 1 System Requirements Check to confirm that the RAID disk arrays and controllers are installed properly For the installation procedure see the documentation that came with the controller subsystems Follow the directions provided in the Section 3 3 Platform Requirements and prepare for installation and operation under different OS environments Installing SANWatch on a Windows Platform If you are running a Windows platform on the server computer follow these steps to install SANWatch on your server s and RAID subsystem t Step 1 Insert the Infortrend Product Utility CD or SANWatch installation CD into the system s optical drive Step 2 If you are currently running other applications close them before proceeding with the s
95. Configuration Process Snapshot Set 10 LELY ID Current iM Activated ae 1458CB54 9 128 Yes KQ E a E 2 128 ws 5 M 4 Fault Recovery Commands These commands apply only when system faults occur For some reasons the snapshot cannot write to disk drives or fail to read data from Snapshot Containers or Snapshot Sets Read write errors could result from drive media errors or the inconsistencies between cached data and data on drive media The Fault Recovery commands can be used to recover the inconsistencies after media faults or logical drive errors are corrected Configure Snapshot Policy Space Utilization Threshold These commands belong to the automated Snapshot management See the following section for details 15 27 SANWatch User s Manual 15 3 Snapshot Purge Policy Space Management The Snapshot Purge policy help contain the storage capacity taken up by the snapshot operation When properly configured the purge policy ensures there is sufficient space in case you need to retrieve snapshot data from snapshot images 15 3 1 What Are the Differences between Purge and Prune Policies A default 70 upper threshold comes with each Snapshot Container Purge Policy The Purge action is triggered by a capacity threshold value on a specific Snapshot Container Once the threshold is exceeded SANWatch will start erasing previous images in order to release storage space The purge action
96. E Starting Creation Creation of Logical Drive 1 Completed 2004 12 15 16 06 29 LG 1 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Initialization The event log window displays on the right hand side of the SANWatch screen whe NOTE The utility does not display events that happened before the utility is started Event Log Display 4 35 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank 4 36 Event Log Display Chapter 5 SANWatch Icons This chapter introduces icons used in the main configuration access categories Navigation Tree Icons Section 5 1 Information Icons Section 5 2 Maintenance Icons Section 5 3 Configuration Icons Section 5 4 Event Log Icons Section 5 5 5 1 Navigation Tree Icons inal Connected RAID Array Information Mi Tasks Under Process Lo Logical Drive Information Logical Volume Information Fibre Channel Status System Information Statistics Navigation Tree Icons 5 1 SANWatch User s Manual E a Maintenance Logical Drive 3 Physical Drive Task Scheduler Configuration Quick Installation Installation Wizard g Create Logical Drive B Existing Logical Drives Create Logical Volume Existing Logical Volumes F Host Channel B p Host LUN Mapping L Configuration Parameters Data Service Snapshot Information s Configure Snapshot Maintain Snapshot ro Snapshot Agent Snapshot Sc
97. Email Notification 13 2 3 SNMP Traps 13 2 4 Broadcast Chapter 13 Enclosure View 13 1 SANWatch User s Manual 13 1 The NPC Utility 13 1 1 Introduction NPC stands for Notification Processing Center This utility is used to deliver event messages when the main SANWatch modules are installed to a RAID subsystem s segregated disk capacity the reserved space NPC is implemented to manage event notification functions since the Configuration Client utility is not available with the Mode 3 installation scheme With Mode 3 installation arrays are accessed directly through network connections without installing the manager software and utilities onto a server The NPC utility is automatically distributed to a disk array s reserved space when installing SANWatch using the Mode 3 installation scheme 13 1 2 To Access the Utility The NPC utility is easily accessed using a web browser over the network Step 1 Open a web browser program Step 2 Enter http lt controller IP gt configure htm in the web browser s URL field Step 3 A safe content warning message might prompt Click Yes to proceed See Error Reference source not found Warning Security x Do you want to trust the signed applet distributed by Infortrend Inc Publisher authenticity verified by Infortrend Inc A The security certificate was issued by a company thatis nottrusted iy The security certificate has not expire
98. Enclosure Display PESANWatch i System Language Window Help Tasks Under Process Configuration Logical Drive Information mit Logical Volume Information Fibre Channel Status System Information Statistics ga Device El yE Information ea eT ss po tre TR Fi al oo vein tes bhirt LALA Tasks Under Process ii Logical Drive Information o Logical Volume Informati Fibre Channel Status Information Sun Device art Ea System Information statistics amp T Maintenance FP Controller CPU Logical Drives BD channel Char 5 Channel Char y Physical Drives Task Schedules J Logical Drive D4 12 2 3 Component Information The front and rear views of a RAID subsystem in the Enclosure View window are the exact representations of physical components This window is particularly useful in monitoring the status of the physical drives It provides a real time report on the drive status using LED colors to represent various operating statuses The Enclosure View displays information about the following RAID components RAID Controller The RAID controller is the heart of any RAID enclosure and controls the flow of data to and from the storage devices I O Channels An I O channel is the channel through which data flows to and from the RAID controller Battery Backup Unit BBU The BBU provides power to the memory cache when power outage
99. Fibre Channel Status Window System Information Window The System Information window provides key information about the RAID subsystem and the RAID controller unit that powers the subsystem Enclosure information includes the operating status of power supply The Information Category Chapter 6 Basic Operations temperature sensors and cooling fan units Controller information includes CPU firmware boot record version CPU and board temperature voltage and status of the battery backup module This window has no configuration options serial number E g5 Device a E Information System Information O bewenne ve o some CPU Type PPC SOFX FL A Enclosure View a Total Cache Size 512MB ECC DDR Es Taske lnder Process apf rmware Version 8 61C 03 T amp Bootrecord version 1 154 ae J Logical Drive Information emp Serial Number 1b34a7bb B Logie al Volume Informati par E PSUO status IPSUD status Functioning normally a TREA 5 pam D PSU1 status Psu1 status malfunctioning scale all PAS Cooling Fano Cooling Fand is in high speed Wd statistics pam roal Cooling fan1 Cooling fant is in high speed a if Maintenance Fall Cooling Fan2 Cooling Fan2 is in high speed Logical Drives pam EA Cooling Fan3 Cooling fan3 is in high speed mm i pame Middle Backplane Inner Temp 0 22 0C Temp within safe range 3 Physical Dries pam v PSUO 3
100. ID Partition Current Max Image Activate BD Host LUN mapping 732F 4706067 94874 Research _ea_A 59017990 0 8 128 Yes w Configuration Paramete Gh JOTSESASIZCICERS Research_D_area 58017990 2 12 128 Yes z s Data Service T Snapshot Informati s Maintain Snapsh fag Pose 7a 9S Snapshot Agent D Snapshot Schedules v Step 3 1 1 Click on the Configure Snapshot icon in the navigation tree menu on the left side of the GUI screen Step 3 1 2 Right click in the Snapshot Container field to display the Create Snapshot Container command Step 3 1 3 Click on the command A selection window appears showing two subordinate steps Step 1 allows you to select a RAID volume or a partition of it as the Snapshot Container Configuration Process 15 17 SANWatch User s Manual Step 2 allows you to select a Source volume for the first Snapshot Set in this Snapshot Container to refer to Note that the FIRST Snapshot Set under this container will be automatically created and will refer to this source volume You may select a different RAID partition if configured by a single mouse click on one of the color bars Each RAID partition within a RAID volume is displayed in a different color Create Gnapahot Conta Create Snapshot Container Tep l Tep cope Care 1i arama LD1 as Snapshot Container volume Select one logical partition LDO as the Source Production volume as 110 ECISPL geL HARD 5 Sane UNI D 22
101. ID systems will be disconnected and every system view windows will be closed System List A list of the connected RAID systems is shown in the Window menu To view a specific system a single click on the system name will display its system view window 6 34 Arranging Windows Chapter 6 Basic Operations 6 10 Multi array Management Pisanwatch System Language Window Help Open Device Auto Discovery Exit Figure 6 27 Opening Device for Multi Array Management Management of multiple arrays is allowed by clicking the Open Device command under the System menu The Exit command ends the SANWatch manager session with all configured arrays Clicking the Open Device command and the connection wizard is followed Multiple management windows can be opened NOTE If you need to open multiple console windows it is recommended you have at least 512MB or more memory on your management station Multi array Management 6 35 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank 6 36 Multi array Management Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters SANWatch Manager enables you to modify the configuration of the disk array controller from your manager console This chapter describes the following configuration features Accessing Configuration Parameters Options Section 7 1 Communications Section 7 2 Controller Section 7 3 System Section 7 4 Password Section
102. IP Address Met Mask 255 255 2550 OOO OK Cancel t Step 2 Follow the details in the table below and enter appropriate information and values to establish access control LUN Mapping 10 7 SANWatch User s Manual Table 10 1 iSCSI Initiator CHAP Configuration Entries Host Alias Name User Name User Password Target Name Target Password IP Address Enter the IP address of an iSCSI initiator am Enter an appropriate NetMask value here Enter a host alias name to specify a CHAP association with a specific software hardware initiator This Alias name facilitates ease of recognition because iSCSI initiator IQN consists of many characters and is often too long to remember In here you can manually enter an initiator s ION iSCSI Qualified Name or Select from the list of connected initiators by clicking on the pull down button to display the currently connected initiators The user name here applies to a one way CHAP configuration Identical name and password must be configured on the initiator software or HBA configuration utility User target name and password are used for the inbound authentication processes between the called and calling parties Names and passwords are identical here and at the initiator side The user password here applies to a one way CHAP configuration for inbound authentication Note that some CHAP configuration utilities may use secret instead of
103. Infortrend SANWatch Effortless RAID Management Java based GUI Manager for Infortrend RAID Subsystems User s Manual Software Revision 1 0 Version 1 0 May 2007 SANWatch User s Manual il Contact Information Asia Pacific International Headquarters Infortrend Technology Inc 8F No 102 Chung Shan Rd Sec 3 Chung Ho City Taipei Hsien Taiwan Tel 886 2 2226 0126 Fax 886 2 2226 0020 sales ap infortrend com support ap infortrend com http esupport infortrend com tw http Awww infortrend com tw China Infortrend Technology Limited Room 1210 West Wing Tower One Junefield Plaza No 6 Xuanwumen Street Xuanwu District Beijing China Post code 100052 Tel 86 10 6310 6168 Fax 86 10 6310 6188 sales cn infortrend com support cn infortrend com http esupport infortrend com tw http www infortrend com cn Japan Infortrend Japan Inc 6F Okayasu Bldg 1 7 14 Shibaura Minato ku Tokyo 105 0023 Japan Tel 81 3 5730 6551 Fax 81 3 5730 6552 sales jo infortrend com support jo infortrend com http esupport infortrend com tw http www infortrend co jp Americas Infortrend Corporation 2200 Zanker Road Unit D San Jose CA 95131 USA Tel 1 408 988 5088 Fax 1 408 988 6288 sales us infortrend com http esupport infortrend com http www infortrend com Europe EMEA Infortrend Europe Limited 1 Cherrywood Stag Oak Lane Chineham Business Park Basingstoke
104. Interface GUT airnean e anes deste e EELEE 1 3 1 2 2 EOCIOSUE VIC War sacha a R N EA NEA 1 4 12 3 Poweriul Event Nonficatiom acina i a A E 1 5 1 2 4 Java based Remote Management c ccccccccccsssssseceecesessssseeeeseecessessseeeeeeess 1 5 Mode One Centralized Management cccccccccccecsesssecseeeceeeeseesnsaeeeeeseneees 1 6 Mode Two Stand alone on Host ccc ccc eeccccecccccccceeeeeesseeeecccsscessusueseseseees 1 7 Mode Three Stand alone on SubsysteMS ccceccessscceceeceeeseesnseeeeeeseneens 1 7 Access Regue meni ena a a R r E 1 8 b23 M lt Language SUpport oiicsciecssvent E E REE E T aed 1 11 1 2 6 Password PROCS CTLOM es cicrreie lacie i E ET ETO EA A AORE 1 11 1 3 CONCEPTUAL FOUNDATION sivesccdiscenessicowetscostivdssnceciacetesesdctovdecissccoesscesessebsavcconedsss 1 11 1 3 1 Centralized Management Agent based Installation ceeeeeeceeeeeeeees 1 12 1 3 2 Stand alone on Host Installation cc ccccesssseseeecccceceeceeesseeeeceesssseeeeas 1 13 1 3 3 Stand alone on Subsystem Installation cc ccsescceceeceeseenseceeeeeeeeeeeas 1 13 CHAPTER 2 SANWATCH CONSIDERATIONS 2 1 BACKGROUND INFORMA TION wis sccsssdessstecesssasaicwedcctecavacscueseesaswcccasdcetessecsiesecsatecussestes 2 2 22 DEFINITION OF TERMS wsesssctecsscectassssasstesseascaachvanseoaeacentaasosussuesseasbecsiebonaaouaszeseesabuaene 2 2 2 3 OPERATING WITH SPARE DRIVES sseeeessossssoocsssseecoosssecocoooseseoocsosseoesosssoc
105. Lun O s Only v DeFaul variable Variable Variable v Apply 2007 05 03 15 40 15 Description Controller Initialization Completed 2007 05 03 15 40 26 Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT PSU1 status Failure Detected SNAPSHOT Notif SI ID S9CEF166138F4802 Deleted i El E 2007 05 08 10 29 53 2007 05 08 10 29 55 SNAPSHOT Notif SI 1D 4C7341E05342E333 Deleted Each option is executed by a two step procedure Click to select a desired value from the pull down menu and then click Apply for the configuration to take effect Some configuration changes may only take effect after resetting the subsystem Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Trigger Host side Drive side Disk array Disk Access Delay TimeiSech SAF TEMSES Device Check PeriodfSeci Auto Assign Global Spare Drive SMART Spindown Idle Delay Period Sec Drive Delayed Write ke 7 30 0 te Disabled 2 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap Seci Disabled ee Masimum Tag Count Disabled Disabled Drive side Parameters 7 14 Disk VO TimeoutiSech Defaul7 0 T 3 0 ail a Apply Disk Access Delay Time Sec Sets the delay time before the subsystem tries to access the hard drives after power on Default can vary in different RAID subsystems Drive Check Period Sec This is the time interval for the controller to
106. MPORTANT It is recommended to uninstall previous Infortrend software e g RAIDWatch before installing SANWatch It is also necessary to reboot your system to complete the uninstallation Software Setup Software Setup process Chapter 3 Installation Before installing SANWatch it is also a good practice to check if the previous version of RAID agents are evoked For example on a Windows platform you can check in the Computer Management utility gt Services and Applications gt Services You should then disable the previous version of RAID agents La Comers Lre pH Sj E aton Ye pindo Heb Eina taie BE g bom ii a t Step 1 I infortrend SANWatch Setup Lor RR Mard Er l M EF Ben Dr tk Detyra Enk Fuir Lar LEPI a fare ad Aplications ved Conrail Gm Se i Bore fash ES Ever wee Tabie ari Arn t wires fi Hime gg Murod Potters either eter Somat Cad z a cecal Leer iei Cor cage hy eo ere agent Betas Lop aes SSOP Dioer JB Serre Murcer Emna Arey Se er ae Se osraraec Arc fe reat vert hae Ge sate Sore gt Tak Teir TO Nees To install SANWatch click the Next button at the bottom of the window If you do not wish to continue with the installation process select the Cancel button Welcome to SANVVatch Setup program This program will install SANWVatch on your computer or subsystem It is strongly recommended that yo
107. Met above Members Logical Volume Parameters io 32068945 Sze DME Go0d Expand Properties Available Expand Sire max 0 May f Expand t Step 2 The expand command can be found by clicking the Expand tab under the Logical Volume Parameters panel Logical Volume Parameters Expand Properties Available Expand Size max 0 MEJ 0 Expand Step 3 Available expansion size displays in a text box if there is any amount of unused capacity 4 Step 4 Click the Expand button at the bottom of the configuration panel The expand process should be completed in a short while because all unused capacity in the members of a logical volume must have been made useful through the similar expansion process The expansion process on a logical volume simply lets subsystem firmware recognize the change in the arrangement of free capacity You may combine partitions under View and Edit Logical Volume Partition Table by expanding the size of earlier partitions such as increasing the size of partition O so that it is as large as all partitions combined to make one partition Logical Volume Management 9 25 SANWatch User s Manual A WARNING Combining partitions destroys existing data on all drive partitions t Step 5 The logical volume will now have a new partition the same size as the expansion Right click the expanded volume and select the Edit Partition command to check the result of th
108. Morn wif descending 4th Morn descending Sth Mor descending vent Type M Controller Event M Drive Event M Host Event E LOLLY Event W System Event Severity of the Event M Information M Warning W Critical Time Interval From First Event 20054 21 EF 10 56 To Last Event 20051421 EF 10 56 OK Cancel Apply Default In the Event View Option window the tabbed panel on the top of the window allow you to switch between the Filter and Column pages You may set the event sorting criteria the type of events you like to export the severity of the event and the time occurrence range in the Filter page of the Event View Option window The Column page allows you to select the related display items when showing the events Click Apply for the changes to take effect The Event Log List window will immediately display the event list following the new criteria Click OK to exit the window or click Default to return to the system default settings Event Log Clear Option This option allows you to clear the event logs in the Event Log List window All event logs will be erased when you select Clear All Logs option Select the Clear Log Precede Index X option will erase the events that range from the beginning to the one you selected Configuration List Window Every detail of the RAID system is presented in the Configuration List window The information includes system information controller setting
109. N under Linux Environments To startup SANWatch manager under Linux environments follow the steps below t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 After the main program of SANWatch manager is installed the SANWatch program files can be located under the following directory default usr local Infortrend Inc RAID GUI Tools To execute SANWatch manager type sanwatch sh in the terminal screen To open configuration client type configuration sh in the terminal screen 6 2 3 Locally or via LAN under Solaris Environments To startup SANWatch manager under Solaris environments follow the steps below t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 After the SANWatch program is completely installed the SANWatch files can be found on the path usr local Infortrend Inc RAID GUI Tools Type sanwatch sh to launch SANWatch program Type configuration sh to open Configuration Client 6 2 4 For Remote Management via Web Browser Any Supported OSes t Step 1 Starting SANWatch Manager Start your web browser and enter the IP address assigned to the RAID subsystem Ethernet port or that of a RAID attached server as your URL e g 210 212 121 123 The IP of a RAID attached server is used when the server uses in band protocols to communicate with the attached RAID array After a brief delay while the Java Applet starts the SANWatch Manager main connection wizard appears on the screen 6 5 SANWatch User s Manu
110. OCOM Fibre Speed 2 GHz Channel 4 Drive Fibre Speed 2 GHz Channel 5 ROCOM Fibre Speed 2 GHz Apply When selecting an ID be sure that it does not conflict with the other devices on the channel Preset IDs should have been grayed out and excluded from selection IDs assigned to an alternate RAID controller will also be excluded The ID pool lists all available IDs for the current selection Highlight the IDs you want to use by selecting their check boxes and click Apply to create either the AIDs Slot A controller ID which is the default Primary controller or BIDs Slot B controller ID for the channel A system reset is necessary for the configuration change to take effect Setting the Configurations for a Channel 8 7 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank 8 8 Setting the Configurations for a Channel Locating Drives Chapter 9 Drive Management This chapter focuses on how to create or delete Logical Drives LDs and Logical Volumes LVs Both LDs and LVs can be partitioned This chapter describes the following drive management features Locating Drives Section 9 1 page 9 3 Logical Drive Management Section 9 2 page 9 3 Accessing the Create Logical Drive Window 9 2 2 Creating Logical Drives 9 2 2 1 Logical Drive Creation 9 2 2 2 Selecting Drives 9 2 2 3 Setting RAID Parameters 9 2 2 4 Click OK to Create an LD 9 2 3 Accessing the Existing Logical
111. Options the Configuration Client shortcut on your Windows Desktop pr e eet a vs nef Be TTL Tahoe if Otherwise select Start on the bottom left of your screen select the Programs menu and then select Infortrend Inc Under the Infortrend Inc directory select the Configuration Client option od Java Web Start gt PPT Configuration Chent BS Hyperterminal A startup gt Lys SANWatch ea Internet Explorer 32 bt W SANWatch Uninstallation Temna Ser 2 Internet Explorer 64 bit S Outlook Express EEEE oee Fe Log Off Stag Uon 3 wae E O wroows Figure 4 1 Configuration Client Shortcut on Windows Startup Menu t Step 3 Click on Configuration Client to activate the Configuration Client window The Configuration Client program allows you to configure the following items Root Agent administrative settings Auto Discovery Notification configuration options The Configuration Client Utility 4 3 SANWatch User s Manual dki Coralia alin Cli ir Carn ee k Module coraig Pugin Create Pian JO PIRR Verin 1 O03 l mp ceil FUG AAS Marmi B17 p Met UN AGIA Marr IP RE ume Meee ADE 21 2 Mae TS ome MASE FH Dee et ETE F E Bokia e A Ma fe E Agerd F i Ait 16 4 010 Agen FI 15 168 8 a8 pert PE VOSGES 143 grn 4 Woes St Agani iF S EnS 21 AFE ES 16S amr ESLEP 4 1 2 Setting Up a Root Agent t Step 1 Launch the Configuration Client pro
112. PORTANT Some later SCSI RAID models have a sense pin on their SCSI ports that activates SCSI bus termination if the subsystem is the end device on a SCSI bus The firmware default for SCSI bus termination is enabled which also enables the auto sensing mechanism You may use external SCSI terminators but you do not have to disable SCSI termination of systems between the end devices using firmware or the SANWatch software 8 2 3 Default Transfer Clock in MHz These parameters set the data transfer clock rate for synchronous communication over the SCSI bus and enable or disable wide transfer respectively Data transferred across the bus in synchronous transfer mode is clocked using a synchronous transfer clock signal The frequency of this signal determines the rate at which data is transferred For example if the synchronous transfer clock is 10 MHz data transfer rate will be 10 million bytes per second using narrow transfer Data transfer across the SCSI bus can be either 8 bits or 16 bits at a time The former is referred to as narrow transfer while the latter is referred to as wide transfer According to SCSI channel specifications transfer speed shown in MHz is the SCSI bus synchronous frequency At the same synchronous transfer clock rate 16 bit wide transfer rate is double of 8 bit narrow transfer rate Please refer to the transfer speed in the table below Transfer Rate Clock Speed in MHz SCSI 160 80MHz SCSI 320 1
113. Rate Should only be applied with limitations on current configuration e g when network devices optical cables and adapters are running on different speeds The ID page allows you to add or remove IDs by selecting or deselecting ID boxes Channel Channel 0 Host Fibre Speed 2 GHz Parameters ID Chip Information Channel 2 Drive Fibre Speed 2 GHz Channel 3 RCCOM Fibre Speed 2 GHz Channel 4 Drive Fibre Speed 2 GHz Channel 5 RCCOM Fibre Speed 2 GHz a Apply Figure 6 24 Host Channel ID Settings Be sure to click Apply for the configuration to take effect For details of how to configure channel related settings please refer to Chapter 8 of this document NOTE Changing the channel mode or adding removing IDs requires resetting the controller subsystem 6 8 8 Host LUN Mapping Window The Host LUN Mapping window allows you to associate configured arrays with host channel IDs or LUN numbers The Host LUN Mapping window contains four sub windows Host LUN s WWN Names s and Logical Drive s or Volume s This window also contains a right click menu that creates association with either a Primary Controller Slot A ID or a Secondary Controller Slot B ID 6 32 The Configuration Category Chapter 6 Basic Operations Host LUN Mapping Host LUNs cums scp LUN ID Logical Drive Volume Patin Sei ME RAID Level Fa Add LUN Map io Slot B Right
114. Read Only Test O Read vyrite Test Error Occurrence No Action Recovery Process No Recovery Mo Recovery Marking Bad Block auto Reassignment Attempting to Reassign First Physical Drive Maintenance Chapter 10 LUN Mapping After creating a logical drive LD or logical volume LV you can map it as is to a host LUN or if the array is divided into smaller partitions you can map each partition to a specific host LUN SANWatch supports many LUNs per host channel each of which appears as a single drive letter to the host if mapped to an LD LV or a partition of either In cases where certain mappings are found to be useless or the disk array needs to be reconfigured you can delete unwanted mappings in your system This chapter explains the following LUN mapping features Accessing the LUN Map Table Section 10 1 LUN Mapping Section 10 2 10 2 1 Mapping a Complete Logical Drive or Logical V 10 2 2 Map a Logical Drive or Volume Partition to a Host LUN 10 2 3 Deleting a Host LUN Mapping Accessing the LUN Map Table 10 1 SANWatch User s Manual 10 1 Accessing the LUN Map Table The LUN Map Table lists the logical drives logical volumes and array partitions that have previously been mapped To access the LUN Map Table please follow these steps t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 10 2 In the navigation panel under the Configuration category click on the Host LUN Mapping where you can find the
115. S gt rence Fee e eee ee Determine Snapshot Space amp Time olicies Prune policy KY j Purge policy 5 TW snapshot expire time Capacity threshold Manually take snapshot OF Snapshot Scheduler Figure 15 5 Snapshot General Configuration Process The automated purge prune policies and the automated Snapshot scheduler are currently applicable with flush agent support They are available in applications where SANWatch is installed on an application server that is directly attached to a RAID storage and where the SANWatch to storage communication is made through the in band protocols The in band support is available by installing SANWatch using the Custom gt Stand alone on Host mode 15 14 Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot PE infortrend SANWatch Setup BE PO choose the type of installation you prefer Centralize Management Install al components including SANWatch program RAID eve E a tes Sipe Destination Folder To access a directly attached RAID storage via in band protocols enter the server s IP in the Connection wizard The RAID agents running on the application server will manage the management access Configuration Process 15 15 SANWatch User s Manual Configuration Steps Step 1 Determine Space Allocation ainsojous Aeg 9 15 16 Although the point in time snapshot takes comparatively small storage space it is imperative that you create a reaso
116. Status Front View RAID Pe f jsi Fy gt Partitionis of LD 53CFB169 Logical Drive Message 1D Tree Desorption SXCFE169 DOOTPOS 17 19 19 25 1D S3FS169 Logical Orire NOTICE Sarli Creation Soc LLG DUT POS L 19 19 26 ID SCF B69 Logical Orve NOTICE Creation of Logosi Drive Completed SoCFRIAD 2007 POSS 19 1926 1D S30F 6169 Logeal Orive NOTICE Starting OrLine Intinkration aa 2007 05 17 19 20 21 ID S9F6169 Loga Orive NOTICE OreLine Intishostions of Loga Orive Completed Figure 6 11 Logical Drive information Logical Drive Status This sub window displays information on configured arrays logical drives showing a unique array ID RAID level capacity array status and a name that can be manually assigned Front View This sub window helps you to quickly identify configured arrays by the physical locations of their members Different arrays are distinguished by different colors When any member drive is selected by a mouse click the rest of the array s members will be highlighted by bright blue lines indicating they are members of the selected array Formation of logical partitions is displayed next to the Front View window Logical Drive Message Messages related to a selected array are automatically listed at the bottom of the screen The Information Category 6 19 SANWatch User s Manual 6 20 6 6 4 6 6 5 6 6 6 Logical Volume Information Window The Logical Volume Informatio
117. a LAN out of band and the Internet and over the existing host busses SCSI iSCSI SAS or Fibre links using the in band command protocols Severity levels and display sequences are configurable for event notification Provides password protection to guard against unauthorized modification of disk array configuration passwords are set for Maintenance user and Configuration administrator login access A Centralized Management utility that provides easy access to numerous RAID subsystems in the network A Configuration Client utility that provides event notification via Email Fax MSN Messenger SMS Short Message LAN Broadcast and SNMP Traps Compatible with most popular computer working environments Windows Linux and Solaris operating systems with the Java Run time Environment 1 2 Featured Highlights 1 2 1 Graphical User Interface GUI SANWatch manager is designed for ease of use It uses symbolic icons to represent configuration levels physical and logical drives and logical volumes on the screen and to identify the current configuration of a disk array system Pull down right click and pop up menus are used with all command options You need only point and click a mouse button to select an icon or command The program also displays the current status of various disk drives or enclosure components by changing the color of their respective LED icons Featured Highlights 1 3 1 4 1 2 2 SANWa
118. a a aeaee EE EEKE ETSEN Ee ais 5 5 Maintenance oo has see Sh a ae eh Sh i oh tain al ie BN as oh alae ote ete 5 5 5 4 CONFIGURATION ICONS acesessstenscceseceescnostescendavcsens dasduscavoesdeusseesed seesessevestuselsssevssseess 5 6 SANWatch User s Manual OTe AUS Lonea DIVES perin a EE E EE EE 5 6 Exastine L sic l Driesen a a a 5 6 Cre ate Lorcak VOUE ceee a dah chnte dwell diaierndedahemuabdes ehake 5 6 Eexaistime Lorica V oumes voiecheadaonishdin Gresser E E E E 5 6 Host C Maniel eseina ia e e a E civtens 5 6 HOS EUN Mappi A E 5 7 Conioiranon Parame lei ereraa a duets eattnccsaiaah cet 5 7 S59 EVENTLEOG ICONS norice eiaeia sariat eE E aae a E eaea 5 7 Event Messines aoee e saw lads une meson dias dun sacosausoramanamcnstreunbusduanitwadieheuwnu st E 5 7 CHAPTER 6 BASIC OPERATIONS 6 1 STARTING SAN WATCH AGENTS sessccessisadesscesssccassicctociccasdacecusdcessncsapesecdivscaessseaseseses 6 3 6 2 STARTING SANWATCH MANAGER cccccssscscscsccssscccssssccncecscssssccsscccsescscecsescssescorsess 6 4 6 2 1 Locally or via LAN under Windows 2000 2003 Environments 04 6 4 6 2 2 Locally or via LAN under Linux Environments cccccccssssseteeeeeeeeeseeens 6 5 6 2 3 Locally or via LAN under Solaris Environments ccccccccscssssseeeeeeeeseens 6 5 6 2 4 For Remote Management via Web Browser Any Supported OSes 6 5 6 3 START USING SANWATCH MANAGER ccccscscsscscossssccssccsosccccsccssssccs
119. acotccasteaenastcencnsude sxastyican a a sa Wueetds en eteavestences 6 22 Cienc PI O aee ea E andre arta ss usinesinlanetalcuale S e eusdutandanacebecss cements 6 22 Disk Read Write Performance UVIB S scccricnad ecient ee eae awa eee 6 22 6 7 THE MAINTENANCE CATEGORY sssscecscosstccesessscscssstsccssausdecsssstetsssasessssdbsdivosussowsestes 6 22 6 7 1 Logical Drive Maintenance Wind0w cccccescsececeeesesseceeceeseesesnseeeseeeeseeeas 6 23 6 7 2 Physical Drives Maintenance Window cccccccsessssteeceseeceesesnseeeeeeeseneees 6 25 6 7 3 Task Schedules Maintenance Window ccscccccccesesessecceceeeeeseeneneeeeeeeseeens 6 27 6 5 THE CONFIGURATION CATEGORY sssssc iscassscssscscssssccctestissioassspesessaesessscscsbasasenusased 6 28 6 8 1 Quick Insta Wain ccavectosest cadens Mlosdasstadusatit te a leeds daaeon E 6 28 6 8 2 Create Logical Drive WindOW cc ccccccsssesssseececsesesseceeeecsesesnneaeeeseeseeenes 6 28 6 8 3 Existing Logical Drives Window ccs aed n EE EE 6 29 6 8 4 Create Logical Volume Window ccccccsesssseceeceessesesseceeeeceseeessneeeeeseseeeees 6 30 6 8 5 Existing Logical Volumes Wind0w ccccccsssccccccsssessnceeecesessseseaeeeeeseneees 6 30 6 8 6 Channel Window eieren diene aE EENE EEEE 6 31 6 8 7 Host LUN Mapping WindOw secousse niee aa EE E 6 32 6 8 8 Configuration Parameters Window cccccscssssccececessesssneceeecesenessneaeeeeeeeseees 6 33 0 9 ARRANGING WINDOW S
120. ainbenant gt Logical Grows Y P ysieal Cuig mfr View Schedule Information k Configurason ae Quick sitiar AianTime 2007 0416 1d A Installation Wizard RAID iL Create Logical Deve Eeecote Medea Scan on all deeinaton element concurrently Mea 10i bj h Gsisling Logical Drives Media Scan dewinalion hee Selected Shol Ei Crete Logical vauri Prigrite Liri ED Existing Logical volumes Period itii J thannet EE Wostuun mapping i A Delete Figure 6 19 Task Schedules Window To begin using the Task Schedule functionality right click to display the Add a New Scheduled Task command Add a new Scheduled Task Delete this Scheduled Task There are two 2 sub windows in the Task Schedules window The Task Schedules window displays previously configured schedules that are now being held in NVRAM The Add a New Task Schedule window allows you to select a hard drive or logical drive to perform a scheduled task on Before you make the selection by mouse clicks select a scan target from the Media Scan destination type pull down list StartTime f007 08 1 AERE Execute on Controller Initialization Execute Media Scan on all destination elements concurrently Media Scan destination type Selected Slot Selected Slot Selected Logical Drive s Member Drives Selected All Logical Drives All Global Spare Drives All Assigned Drives All Eligible Drives Priority Lowy
121. ainer 1D ETES ES Current Max bmage aes BF Phvsical Drives arcane ery 7 ofiz po ment 0 Task Schedules E fm Condiguration Guik linetalhatian Pal instaliason Wizard I gt Create Logical Drive 7 Existing Logical Drives Snapshot image s oe Create Logical Volume poe Ey May 22 06 2220 SO fe Existing Logical Volumes f z F E2 ELH j Tar Mary 22 O6c22 24 2007 ut nta pE i E 5 L 5 y F F Channel PP ost LUN map Configuration Ei Data Serica E sranna A Right click a Configurer Snapshot Be Agent gl Snapshot agent Select Maintain Snapshot on the navigation tree by a single mouse click Step 3 5 2 Left click on an existing Snapshot Set on the upper half of the screen The subordinate snapshot images will display in the lower half of the configuration screen Step 3 5 3 Left click to select an image and right click on an existing Snapshot Image to display the Host LUN Mapping command Step 3 5 4 Select Host Channel Channel ID and or LUN numbers from the associated dropdown lists on the pop up mapping window The associated RAID arrays and RAID partitions are for display only They refer to the original source volume for which the snapshot was taken Step 3 5 5 Click on the Map LUN and Add Filter button to complete the process Host channel channel ID LUN number Wi add new LUN to host Snapshot Mapping Channel is SCS iis
122. al 6 3 6 6 t Step 2 The SANWatch management window should start after a brief moment In Applet mode connecting to the second array requires opening another browser window and entering its IP Start Using SANWatch Manager When the SANWatch Manager is launched A SANWatch Connection window will first prompt and appear on the screen Lgi Connection IP Address KK OOK KH KN m Enable SSL z Usemame information v Password Show Root Agent List Cancel During the time the management software is initializing a SANWatch initialization page displays Infortrend SANWatch GUI Manager for EonStor Disk Array Subsystems Copyright 1999 2005 Infortrend Technology Inc Al rights reserved Infortrend A single click on the initial screen brings out a Connection Abort confirm box You can end a connection before the management console is established DY abort connecting Start Using SANWatch Manager Chapter 6 Basic Operations 6 3 1 Beginning the Trial Use of the Data Service The License Key window automatically prompts the first time you start a SANWatch console You may activate the trial use or activate later using the Help gt About button An ordinary SANWatch console will not display the Data Service options unless you enable the trial use he i SAN Watch System Language Window Help System Action Help 222222 na Device a Informatio
123. allocation attempt making association Image as Invalid 1 A critical level event message will be delivered to notify system administrator 2 System stops the snapshooting operation that is currently taking place Snapshot Purge Policy Space Management 15 31 SANWatch User s Manual Purge Policy with Snapshot Set Step 1 Under the View and Edit Snapshot Set screen click to select a Snapshot Set Step 2 Right click to display the related commands and left click on Configure Snapshot Policy Pi configure Purge Rule Purge Threshold Type fin SI count Purge Threshold Value faa Sl OK Cancel Step 3 A Purge Rule window will appear Configure you preferences through the dropdown lists and the text field The following two parameters determine the minimum number of snapshot images to be preserved when system purges old snapshots Purge Threshold Type You may select a threshold type here as the life span of Snapshot images or as the number of snapshot images Selecting a different type changes the reckoning unit of the following threshold value Purge Threshold Value Enter either the life span in seconds or the number of snapshot images to be preserved in the text field 15 32 Snapshot Purge Policy Space Management Data Service Snapshot 15 4 Snapshot Scheduler amp Prune Policy Configuration The Prune Policy options are found during the Snapshot Scheduler configuration procedur
124. also be found on the navigation panel Maintenance Displays the second level menu which provides access to all maintenance tasks windows Access to the maintenance task windows can also be found on the navigation panel Configuration Displays the second level menu which provides access to all configuration windows Access to the configuration windows can also be found on the navigation panel Configuration Client Utility Commands File Menu Commands Add Host Creates a new entry by entering a Root Agent server IP Closes the Configuration Client application Language Selection Commands English Opens English version of the online help Opens the Deutsch version of the online help Opens the Japanese version of the online help Opens the Spanish version of the online help Help Menu Commands About Displays information about the Configuration Client program Command Summary Appendices Tool Bar Commands Open Bookmark Opens a previously saved connection view profile File This profile contains information about Root Agent servers and the RAID arrays being managed by a Root Agent Saves the current connection view profile onto your File system drive The default file name is default npc Connect Connects to a Root Agent server usually the one RootAgent Server you chose as a management and on which you installed the Configuration Client utility However you may connect to multiple Root
125. ance RAID 6 can handle the failure of any two drives in the array while other single RAID levels can handle at most one fault This is a perfect solution when data is mission critical Physical Disks Logical Drive P Striping non dedicated Parity p BLocki a e A na A gt mock d lt Bi Ie ka 2 BLOCK 3 f P i Parity l Q 1 Parity ACK Bua a 5 l M BLOCK 3 _ L BLOCK 4 M BLOCK 5 gt 2 Parity Q 2 Parity sLocke 4 __ BLOCK 4 ae Al l_a Ma P 3 Parity K i 3 BLOCKA E aoa bh BLOCKS d rE a Sea er BLOCK 12_4 k TURGA i ir OCK 10 E 12 M BLOCK 6 a i BLOCK I4 BLOCK 15 P tPenty Y BLOCK T A aa BLOCK E wat s Figure C 7 RAID 6 Storage C 9 RAID 10 30 50 and 60 Infortrend implements RAID 10 30 50 and 60 in the form of logical volumes Each logical volume consists of one or more logical drives Each member logical drive can be composed of a different RAID level Members of a logical volume are striped together RAID 0 therefore if all members are RAID 3 logical drives the logical volume can be called a RAID 30 storage configuration Using logical volumes to contain multiple logical drives can help manage arrays of large capacity It is however difficult to define the RAID level of a logical volume when it includes members composed of different RAID levels App 18 RAID Levels Appendices Appendix D Additional References D 1 D 2
126. ance access can perform maintenance jobs onto configured arrays and a user logging in using the Configuration login has full access to create modify or delete all related array configurations Note that some RAID subsystem controllers may have been configured with a password using terminal or LCD keypad utilities This preset password can be used for a Configuration login However the password can be changed using Configuration Parameters window in SANWatch s main program See Chapter 7 for the description of password setup Security Authorized Access Levels 6 13 SANWatch User s Manual 6 5 Look and Feel 6 5 1 Look and Feel Overview Because SANWatch Manager is a Java based GUI program it accommodates the look and feel standards of various Operating Systems At present the Windows interface appearance is supported SANWatch Manager will auto detect and configure to match the OS where it is currently running In the event of a compatibility problem or under an unknown OS or OS versions the program will default to the Java look and feel Just like other GUI based applications the SANWatch Manager works entirely with windows buttons and menus to facilitate various disk array operations These windows follow the standard Windows look and feel specifications so that manipulating elements and windows within any SANWatch Manager window generally conforms to standard procedures The management sessions are best
127. ancy Slave Host Please input masterhost iP here Cancel Sy Step 1 SANWatch allows you to select components during the Custom installation process However it is recommended to keep all the default combinations Select the components you want to install Clear the components you do not want to install Available Components M SAN Watch V RAID Agent F Root Agent 5 M Configuration Client a TS M Central Management E System files Description _ lt Step 2 Once the components that you want have been selected select the Next button to proceed with the installation If you do not wish to proceed with the installation process select the Cancel button If you wish to re select the installation options select the Back button Software Setup 3 17 SANWatch User s Manual 3 18 Pi installing Infortrend SANWatch Program Uninstall All installed components Name guiihelpentiguresvemail MPC jpg Size 17512 Time d24i06 05 FM tantel ny Step 3 Step 4 If the Next button was selected the Installation Progress window appears If you wish to stop the installation procedure click the Cancel button Once the software has been successfully installed a window indicating the successful installation will appear To complete the process and exit the window click on the Finish button Another Windows message will prompt reminding you to reboot your system to c
128. and ID display on the right of the Channel screen Channel Channel 0 Host Fibre Speed Channel 1 Host Fibre Speed Parameters D Channel 2 Drive Channel 3 Drive Channel 4 Drive Channel 5 Drive Channel 6 Drive Channel 7 Drive Channel 8 Drive Channel 9 Drive Channel 10 Drive Channel 11 Drive Channel 12 Drive Channel 13 Drive Channel 14 Drive Channel 15 Drive Channel 16 Drive Channel 17 Drive Channal 19 Mriva _ Fibre Speed 2 GHz Fibre Speed SATA Speed 1 5 GHz SATA Speed 1 5 GHz _ SATA Speed 1 5 GHz SATA Speed 1 5 GHz SATA Speed 1 5 GHz SATA Speed 1 5 GHz _ SATA Speed 1 5 GHz _ SATA Speed 1 5 GHz _ SATA Speed 1 5 GHz _ SATA Speed 1 5 GHz SATA Speed 1 5 GHz SATA Speed 1 5 GHz _ SATA Speed 1 5 GHz _ SATA Speed 1 5 GHz QATA Snood 14 GHz Current Data Rate Default Data Rate Auto v Current Transfer Width Node Name 200000D023F00233 Port Name 210000D023F00233 Apply Figure 6 23 Channel Window On the Parameters page channel mode current data rate default data rate and current transfer width are displayed The Configuration Category 6 31 SANWatch User s Manual Channel Mode Only applicable on the EonStor 2510FS series This option allows you to change the I O channel operating mode The channel mode selections can be host drive RCC drive RCC Default Data
129. and diagrammed as follows Snapshot Snapshot 2 3 TT i old differential Source Snapshot Source d e Source data in TO state volume 4 volume volume Timeline Source Source receives updates receives updates Figure 15 1 Snapshots through a Time Line Snapshot Basics 5 1 SANWatch User s Manual 15 2 Actions on the Time Line TO T1 T2 T3 T4 A snapshot image of source volume is taken at TO At TO the snapshot volume is actually empty except for a tag and a time table At T1 the source volume receives updates from host At T2 the RAID firmware generates and distributes block level differentials of the data that is to be overwritten by the T1 updates to the snapshot image Source volume receives another update Firmware generates and distributes differentials of the data that will be overwritten by the T3 updates to the snapshot image In this way snapshot keeps the update history as the snapshot image of the source volume at its TO state Snapshot only maintains update history and data block differentials and thereby consumes very little storage space Snapshot Uses Applications Data backup data analysis and reporting testing amp research database recovery Benefits Faster Backup Snapshot helps you quickly backup data at any time Backup copies can be created from snapshot images thus eliminating the needs to stop host I Os Backup jobs can be processed with littl
130. are to a SANWatch compatible version Step 1 To purchase the software click on the Generate License Apply File button a Save Serial Number window appears Save the file to a preferred location Configuration Process 15 5 SANWatch User s Manual Save in RAID GUI Tools 9 Ertl record be icon1_s ico 3 icon ico modellist sets un B cfg beeper all P icon2 ico S IFTNative dll E newRAIDMar jar un B help E centrally jar Ww icon3 ico g index htm E proxy txt un B helpSANMgr grm htm s icon4 ico E index jnip gt RaidHelp ini un java policy amp icon ico ba icond ico E jhjar uninst isu un j o icon1 ico Ei icon ico El JnpeClient jar uninst_O isu E un gt i Files of type fan Files x Cancel Step 2 Send the Apply File to your vendor OR If you are a certified vendor and you have a pre paid account visit our VIP room website http viproom infortrend com to apply for a trial use or complete the purchasing process Log in using your VIP room user name and provide the password Contact Us Infortrend PSY E es Infortrend YIP Room Guest Welcome to Infortrend VIP Room Forget password Click on License System to display the SANWatch registration window Infortrend CANDY Welcome to Infortrend VIP Room Latest Documents Model Mo SANVWatch Document Name Datasheet Description Datasheet ECI in SATA Series ee Model No ES Fi6F R_S4031
131. artition Single click to select a partition from the color bar Step 5 Right click or select the Edit command to display the Add Partition command Click to proceed t Step 6 The Partition Size window displays Enter the desired capacity 1 2 or 1 3 of the original volume capacity for example and press OK to proceed CS S ti kt Please input partition size ay nena Cancel t Step 7 Shown below is a capacity partitioned into two Each partition is displayed in a different color Repeat the above process to create more partitions or click to view its information Edit Partition Edit Partition s of LY 3FEC3034 Index 0 Offset OMB Size 100MB The arrow buttons help you travel from one partition to another 9 30 Partitioning a Logical Configuration Chapter 9 Drive Management 9 5 Physical Drive Maintenance 9 5 1 Read Write Test Front View RAID Step 3 t Step 4 Step 5 Physical Drive Maintenance Functions Copy and Replace Clone Reserved Space Media Scan intai Identify Drive Read Write Test Selected Drive Slot 11 Read OnlyTest Read Write Test Error Occurrence No Action kd Recovery Process No Recovery vi Apply To access the Read Write Test maintenance option select the Physical Drives icon from the functional navigation panel on the left of the SANWatch screen Select a new drive from t
132. ation cccccccccccsssssecccceecessessseeeeeeeseeeas 4 13 Stepels Berore you Desi enis u a a a a ea 4 13 Sep2 The Contouravom Process kecntuaenio inna o a A 4 13 44 EVENT NOTIFICATION SETTINGS sccisnscosstescitecssssassaescobaascaienss chess ciesuscsseenactuesenuasss 4 15 4 4 1 Configuration Client Notification Methods cccccccssssccccecessessseeeeeeeeseeens 4 15 4 4 2 VEN Seventy LEVEI meae e e e e a 4 15 4 4 3 Enabling Notification FUNCHONS eidet ein a i EEEE ET 4 16 4 4 4 SNMP Traps Setuin gs iine a a S 4 17 RECCiIver ON an a A a ected aan Sane aan henuer ened iceiaee 4 17 fo 2 115 Co bate 1 SNe amen Reo enn Tne se eee ee ee Cee or ee ren Cee ee et eerie 4 19 4 4 5 Pe TGS CLIN Ses fcc ants scare teaenewtesenete rive a a a sueadmoat de 4 19 Receiver Sided eaea a a ae Olas hans ahead lt oe hls 4 19 Sender SIE roria e te eo E A eet ee eee more Tene ee eee 4 20 4 4 6 LAN Broadcast SELON OS sips acsicions tatewetaianicuasecnotucnbesdudemaorrcenearduaanbubemedeuionts 4 21 RECCO SIOC ori r a ee are ee eee 4 21 Sender SUE orraa e a A een ener apr ere earn ren erent ae 4 23 4 4 7 BS LING E E N IE EO ded E E E EA 4 23 Receiver SI ois ei tacos ca ec tech ct ieee SA Nar Ba Ru cats eatin E E A S a NEE 4 23 Sender SIde oo ea ltr RR IT Vn nee Re eee 4 25 4 4 8 MSN SC ULI S Sone secs E cate snes dence ai oneeseninene aeaianene ana oetnoueexaabalagts 4 26 Receiver sts e a Sa vs ceca axed and aaa eae aces eam seeamea ea enml aly 4 26
133. ation Panel the Information Configuration window and the Event Log Configuration View window at the bottom Each information or configuration window can also be accessed through the command menus on the upper left corner of the management interface At the bottom of the Event Log window tab buttons allow you to switch the view to the Configuration View display 6 5 3 Command Menus The menu bar shown in Figure 6 5 displays the available menus on the Outer Shell window The Outer Shell window contains multiple management windows each providing access to a connected array Outer Shell Window l System Language Window Help System Action Management Window fi 2000 Array xxx xxx xx xxx 3 0 Information Figure 6 5 Command Menu Bar All menus provide a list of commands for invoking various disk array and display related operations For a summary of commands see Appendix A Command Summary NOTE Multiple simultaneous SANWatch Managers can connect to one RAID subsystem 6 5 4 Outer Shell Commands The following commands are described in Section 6 5 2 and shown in Figure 6 6 Look and Feel 6 15 SANWatch User s Manual PR SANWatch Saal raa wrcew hep Open Device English Next Window About Tile All Auto D What s this iscovery AAs ea Exit Deutsch Help Topic Espa ol Hide All Close All Agent List Agent List Agent List S16F G1430 Array 192 168 4 103 Figure 6 6 Ou
134. b browser and enter the controller subsystem IP address io IMPORTANT There is no need to configure the Peripheral Device setting if you are trying to manage a RAID subsystem from a SANWatch station through an Ethernet connection to the EonStor subsystem s Ethernet port An Ethernet connection to RAID uses TCP IP as the communication protocol Piinfortrend SANWatch Setup Oo x Choose the type of installation you prefer Centralize Management Install all components including SANW atch program RAID Agent Rook Agent and other centralized management utilities into host computer C Stand alone on Host Install SANWatch program RAID Agent and drivers into host computer C Stand alone on Subsystem Install applet mode S4h Watch program components into the subsystem Destination Folder C Program Filesiinfortrend InciRy Browse Next Cancel Installing Software Components SANWatch allows you to install its management utility redundantly onto two different servers This prevents blind time if one server fails or 1s powered down for unexpected reasons Note that if another server is chosen as either the Master or Slave host SANWatch must be manually installed on it Software Setup Chapter 3 Installation PE infortrend SANWatch Setup Piel Ei Select Single or Redundancy Mode of Centralized Management Single C Redundancy Master Host Please input slave hostlP here Redund
135. cation Functions When all notification settings have been properly configured remember to enable each notification method by double clicking the Current Value field in Status row Set Status to Enable if you want the module to be activated every time the Root Agent is loaded Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Mame Email Create Status Enable ae Severity Enable Ce rr D cece ist You can also turn on and off each notification method by double clicking on the switch button located on the upper left of the user interface The Root Agent runs as an application and is automatically loaded when the 416 Event Notification Settings Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options server is powered on Restart the Configuration Client for the changes to take effect Fe ER r 3 Switched ON Switched OFF i oe 8 8 8 8 8 oe Ue Ue US UD UD ammua e ge eereees eaesenenees va Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Name Disable Figure 4 3 Enabling a Notification Method by the Switch Button 4 4 4 SNMP Traps Settings Receiver Side To set a client listening to SNMP traps i t Step 1 Open the Module Config page Use the Module Name pull down menu to select SNMP trap Module Name SNMP trap SNMP Local IP Av d Step 2 To create anew SNMP trap click the Create button on the top right screen or right clic
136. cccccccccccccccccccccoocccoccocccocecececceccceccecccecccccccecceceeee A 2 A 1 Mont OMIA OS eeraa a TE a AT E tween A 2 A 2 RAID Watch Program Commands cccccccesssccceeeesesssncneeeeeecessessseeeeeeeseees A 2 SANWatch System Menu Commands Outer Shell Window ccccccccccssesssseteeeeeeeeesseseseaes A 2 SANWatch Language menu Commands Outer Shell Window cccccccsssssseseeeeeeeeeesesenaes A 2 SANWatch Window Menu Commands Outer Shell Window ccceeeeccccccccceeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeees A 3 SANWatch Help Menu Commands Outer Shell Window cc scsccccceeeesesesseneeeeseseeseseeneaes A 3 SANWatch System Menu Commands Management Window cccccccccssessssssececeeeeesseeessnes A 3 SANWatch Action Menu Commands Management WindOw sccccccccssssessnececeeeeeeseseeenes A 4 A 3 Configuration Client Utility Commands ccccccceccesseceeeceeseessneceeeeeseeesens A 4 File Meni Commands eresse RD ree A 4 Lanstace Selection Commands scucepexecterssasceises aa a a A a A 4 lel Menu C onmand Senia E a a Miter a etadsa ese etAaees A 4 Tool Ba C ONTO S a a a ca sca E date Aaa A ERE A 5 Root Agent Right click Menu Commands 0 ccceecessccccececesssesnsaeceececesseeessaeececeeeseeseseneaeeeeees A 5 APPENDIX BD GLOSSARY arreoa AAEE E AENA AAAS AEEA iaai A 7 APPENDIX RAID LEVELS Sa cesccncscoseccccnssustessacsececsssssoessdvesscvesouessedccsncactvcsdessenescsensessetectees A
137. ceiving sequential writes the firmware disables write back caching on target arrays and also the synchronized cache operation i IMPORTANT The Adaptive Write Policy is applicable to subsystems working under normal conditions In the degraded conditions e g if a drive fails in an array the firmware automatically restores the array s original write policy Redundant Controller Settings Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters 7 8 Event Triggered Operations Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Redundant Trigger Controller Failure BBU Lower or Failure UPS Auxiliary Power Loss Power Supply Failed Fan Failure Temperature exceeds threshold Apply To reduce the chance of data loss caused by hardware failure the controller subsystem can automatically commence an auto cache flush upon the detection of the following conditions When cache contents are forced to be distributed to hard drives the Write Back caching mode is also switched to the Write Through mode 1 Controller Failure 2 BBU Lower or Failure 3 UPS Auxiliary Power Loss 4 Power Supply Failed single PSU failure 5 Fan Failure 6 Temperature Exceeds Threshold Each option is executed by a two step procedure Select the check box of the event type for which you wish the controller subsystem to commence the cache flush and then click Apply for the configuration to take effect NOTE T
138. censed use of the software TF License key amp Infortrend SANWatch ee x SANYYatch 1 0 a Copyright 1999 2007 Infortrend Technology Inc Please read this license agreement before using this software This agreement is a legal binding contract between you Customer and Infortrend Technology Inc Infortrend governing the use of this software YOUR FIRST USE OF THIS SOFTWARE INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE 1 Customer may use SANVYatch Software on a single user computer or a single terminal or workstation of a multi user computer or network 2 Customer may not sublicense assign rent lease or transfer in z Product Level Professional License Key File License Key File Not Specified SIN 00088405 Generate License Apply File i License Key File Download Cancel Step 5 You should then reset your RAID subsystem in order for the configuration change to take effect a L Download license key file successfully You must reset subsystem fo acknowledge license key file Configuration Process 15 7 SANWatch User s Manual NOTE The optimal configuration for running the Data Service functionality in SANWatch is listed below RAID controller caching mode write back Disk buffer disabled BBU protection enabled BBU Event triggered opera
139. ceossseeeosssse 2 3 2 4 OPERATING WITHOUT SPARE DRIVES sseeoeessssseecooosssocooossseoocoossecosososesooossseeeosssse 2 3 2 5 BEFORE YOU START aiaee aa a O a EO A EE aaeeei eeart 2 4 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 1V 3 1 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS sisctssscscsssseiineccasccs oisessiasascasocotesecscssceeisnestisasebieaeissaccssnueiines 3 2 3 1 1 Servers Running SAN W atch esene e a RE 3 2 32 Local Client Running SANWatch Managet ccccccccccsssssscceeceeesseessneeeeeeees 3 3 Sidi o E u E A O E AT E E 3 4 3 3 PLATFORM REQUIREMENTS 5s cece cccsscscssscsteccoacesebtsestsesssescencitecdccesescsteSasascbcsesessssonasetes 3 5 LA SOFTWARE SETUP siccsiseccestoassusscssscesescsussssevssseusssdsscascccsecueesussenscusssevussssansuesceessesesss 3 5 3 4 1 Beroe YON SIE EE EEEE EA EEE 3 6 3 4 2 Installing SANWatch on a Windows Platform ecccsesceceeeeeeesesssteeeeeeees 3 6 3 4 3 Installing SANWatch on a Linux Platform cc cccessseceeeeeeeesesnseeeeeeees 3 7 3 4 4 Installing SANWatch on a Solaris Platform ccccesescceeeceeeseesseeeeeeeeneees 3 8 3 4 5 Installing SANWatch on a Mac OS Running Safari Browser 008 3 10 3 4 6 Installing SANWatch Main Program for all platforms cece 3 13 3 4 7 Installing Software COMPOMENUS cccccsessssscceccesseeesneceeceeceesesesaeeeseseneees 3 16 3 4 8 Stand alone on Host or Subsystem Installation cceeeesssseeeeeeeeeeenees 3 19 3 5 USING SNAPSHOT
140. cons of different colors The drive tray icons used in the Front View window to instantly display drive status are shown below By referring to the drive status in the Front View window you can start to create or configure a logical array Drive Conditions Graphical Identification a E Local Global Enclosure Before you start configuring a logical array please read the following All members in a logical configuration are displayed in the same unique color Whenever a disk drive is selected by a single mouse click on its icon the drive s status is displayed on the associated configuration window For example when a drive is selected by a single mouse click it automatically appears in the Selected Members column In this way mistakes can be avoided by double checking the information related to a specific disk drive 9 2 Logical Drive Management This section describes how to Access the Logical Drive LD Creation and Management Windows Create LDs Expand LDs Migrate LDs Delete LDs Locating Drives 9 3 SANWatch User s Manual When you delete a logical drive all physical drives assigned to the logical drive will be released making them available for regroup or other uses 9 2 1 Accessing the Create Logical Drive Window LDs are created in the Create Logical Drive window and managed in the Existing Logical Drives window These functional windows are accessed from the command from the Act
141. cscsccosscocosooes 11 10 Accessing Logical Volume Information cccccccccscsssssceceecesseessneeeeecesseessneaeeeseseneeas 11 10 11 5 FIBRE CHANNEL STATUS escesecisessinssesucsts esesssccscecsseecsecves NEEE aE EOR 11 11 TEO SYSTEM INFORMATION seanina 11 11 CHAPTER 12 ENCLOSURE DISPLAY 12 1 ABOUT THE ENCLOSURE VIEW WINDOW sccccccccccccscsssssssssssssssssssscccssccsscsscssess 12 2 12 2 ACCESSING THE ENCLOSURE VIEW sccscsscsssssesocscscscssssssessecssesovovesseosssousssessseesveseeees 12 2 12217 Connecting tothe RAID A COM erronee E E EEEE 12 2 12 2 2 Opening the Enclosure View Window cccccesesseccececeeesesenaeeeeeeesseeessneees 12 2 1223 Component Iniormatio Nesna ai 12 3 12 3 LED REPRESENTATIONS sssscissscsiessscaseussesncesecnseees oss acdesgsesvessenesanesonecs eraa basera 12 4 12 3 1 Service LED on Models that Come with an LED panel eens 12 4 12 4 ENCLOSURE VIEW MESSAGES os sscsccccccssescovencsctecssosdsesesecesssesctesseateccssscssssssessseseseses 12 5 12 5 INFORMATION SUMMARY pscccescssesscsevescccsesdcecunncscececespsesassevevesenscatestansdecsecoesesssesvoeees 12 6 CHAPTER 13 NPC UTILITY INSTALLATION I3 PRE NPC UTILITY anisina aa aana aan aaa iaaii 13 2 BLL niodicH ieenne ane oe as cate SO hdc ce iN detail oaks ee tact sec 13 2 Ii WO ACCESS tne UNY srren a a ae 13 2 13 2 CONFIGURING THE UTILITY OPTIONS seeeeeeeececcsoosssceecccccooooccoceccccccceoooscscoececececcoeso 13 3 A SS buao
142. ction any settings that you have made in SANWatch program will be formated and the original factory default configuration will be restored A WARNING Restore Factory Default will erase all your array preferences including host ID LUN mappings Although the configured arrays remain intact all other caching or performance specific options will be erased If configured arrays cannot be properly associated with host ID LUNSs data inconsistency might occur System Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters It is best to save your configuration details before using this function Download Upload Download FW Subsystem firmware can be upgraded using the existing management connection whether Ethernet or in band Provide the firmware filename using the file location prompt SANWatch will start to download the firmware Find an appropriate time to temporarily stop the access from host systems then reset the controller in order to use the new downloaded firmware NOTE Do not use this command to download license key for the advanced Data Service functionality The license key download is accessed through the license key pop up window Download FW BR This allows you to download the firmware and boot record together It may not be necessary to upgrade the boot record each time you update your firmware binaries Please refer to the readme text file that came with each firmware version Download NVRAM from Host Disk The
143. d After the RAID Expansion the additional capacity will appear as another partition Adding the extra capacity into the existing partition requires OS support Figure 9 6 RAID Expansion Mode 2 3 3 V IMPORTANT The increased capacity from either expansion type will be listed as a new partition a CAUTION If an array has not been partitioned the expansion capacity will appear as an added partition e g partition 1 next to the original partition 0 Logical Drive Management 9 15 SANWatch User s Manual 9 16 9 2 5 2 If an array has been partitioned the expansion capacity will be added behind the last configured partition e g partitionl6 next to the previously configured 15 partitions 3 If an array has been partitioned by the maximum number of partitions allow the expansion capacity will be added to the last partition e g partition 63 Partition change WILL INVALIDATE data previously stored in the array 4 See the diagram below for the conditions that might occur during array expansion Unpartitioned Array Partition 0 Unused Capacity s Partition 1 Partitioned Array Partition 0 Partition 4 Partition amp Unused Capacity Partition 4 Partition 5 l 775 J i Partition 2 Partition 6 Partition 3 Partition 7 Partition N Last or Next to the Last Configured Partition The
144. d Version 1 31K a Serial Number 3460402 p tp Power Supply 1 Power supply functioning normally Fe jji T to Power Supply 2 Power supply functioning normally pami A Fan 1 8766 0 RPM Fan functioning normally 5 Sat Fan 2 8437 0 RPM Fan functioning normally pam Feal Fan 3 6544 0 RPM Fan functioning normally emj Fan 4 8766 0 RPM Fan functioning normally al CPU Temp Sensor 53 5C Temp within safe range Boardi Temp Sensor 50 0 C Temp within safe range a 30 Board2 Temp Sensor 640C Temp within safe range F 3 3V Value 3 336 Y Voltage within acceptable range 5 Value 5 072 Y Voltage within acceptable range 12 Value 12 199 Y Voltage within acceptable range ol _ Battery Backup Battery Battery charging OFF battery fully charged SEs T spl Power Supply 0 Power supply functioning normally as td Power Supply 1 Power supply functioning normally S AO Fan 0 16 0 RPM Fan functioning normally Fe Fan1 6 0 RPM Fan functioning normally Sal A Fan 2 6 0 RPM Fan functioning normally EY Fan 3 6 0 RPM Fan functioning normally D Temperature Sensor 0 boy oc Temp within safe range Sse HD Device Siot 1 Slot is empty SE M Device Sint 2 Sint is emnty zi Step 1 To access the window click on the System Information icon on the GUI navigation panel or select the command from the Action command menu Step 2 Carefully check the display icons in front of the Device Name Devices are categorized by t
145. d and is still valid Caution Infortrend Inc asserts that this contentis safe You should only accept this content if you trust Infortrend Inc to make that assertion More Details No Aways t Step 4 The configuration utility starts as a Java Applet 13 2 The NPC Utility Chapter 13 NPC Utility Installation SSL Notification Process Center Setting Enable SSL r ipp OK 13 2 Configuring the Utility Options 13 2 1 SSL SSL stands for Secure Sockets Layer Handshake Protocol As shown above the initial screen defaults to the SSL option Select the check box if you want to enable SSL connection for the management session with the The configuration will take effect after you restart the network connection or reset the management station 13 2 2 Email Notification Follow the steps below to configure email notification t Step 1 Click on the Notification Process Center Setting tab Open the Base Setting page Configuring the Utility Options 13 3 SANWatch User s Manual A Lontiqure i EE SSE Notification Process Center Setting EMAIL SNMP Trap Broadcast Base Setting Mail Address List SMTP Server Sender s Email Enabled v Subject RAID Event t Step 2 Fill in or select the following configuration fields SMTP Server The Internet mail server used to send event notification Sender s email Enter a valid mail address
146. d by invoking a Java Applet on a web browser that runs anywhere in the network Featured Highlights 1 7 1 8 SANWatch User s Manual EonStor Arrays Applets evoked through browser SANWatch console Serine iniornalion for hhh Watch ieapahet corporenhe Dangrened fata kruka be Tee vie Figure 1 3 Mode Three Applet Mode Management RAID agents are embedded in the RAID subsystem firmware A management station running the Mode 1 components can manage arrays accessed through Mode 2 or Mode 3 components This way multiple and or distant arrays can be managed by a single management station Access Requirements Three 3 installation schemes for different access requirements are discussed below NOTE The discussions below do not include all possibilities SANWatch supports various configurations and the combinations of machines running components installed in any of the three different modes 1 A RAID Server Chosen as the Centralized Management Station Applied in heterogeneous environments where multiple arrays are serving different hosts applications and are scattered in distant locations Access management over the network is achieved through data exchanges between a local or remote SANWatch Manager station can be a RAID server or not and RAID agents that are installed on the RAID servers or RAID subsystems themselves The management center and the SANWatch station can be two different machines A Ro
147. d into the Expansion Size text box cannot exceed the amount shown in the text box above The value entered here specifies the size of expansion capacity that will be added to the array Logical Drive Management Chapter 9 Drive Management Execute Expand The Execute Expand list determines whether the expansion will be processed in an online or an offline manner With an online expansion the expansion process will begin once the subsystem finds I O requests from the host become comparatively low If an offline expansion is preferred then the expansion process will immediately begin 9 2 3 4 Click Expand to Initiate LD Expansion To initiate the LD expansion follow these steps t Step 1 Once the LD expansion parameters have been selected click the Expand button at the bottom of the Expand page t Step 2 The expand process begins and you may check the progress in the Tasks Under Process window t Step 3 The expansion capacity will appear as a new partition You may right click a logical drive listed above to display the Edit Partition command to verify the expansion size View Logical Drive Edit Partition Delete Logical Drive 9 2 3 5 Accessing the Migrate LD Command page To access the Migrate LD command page first select a logical drive on the list and then click on the Migrate Logical Drives tab under the Functions window See Figure 9 8 Currently firmware only supports the migration between RAID l
148. d manually In the presence of a spare drive the system automatically commences a rebuild using the spare drive This process is done in the background and thus transparent to the users However in either case you should replace the failed drive as soon as possible and insert a new drive and configure it as a spare just in case another drive may fail and you will need a spare drive In the absence of a spare drive rebuild is manually started Before initiating a manual rebuild you must first replace the failed drive If you install the replacement drive in the same drive slot that is the same channel and ID then you can proceed with the rebuilding process by clicking on the Rebuild button otherwise you may need to scan in the drive first A failed drive should be replaced as soon as possible For a RAID 3 or RAID 5 array two failed members will cause an irrecoverable loss of data The controller subsystem can be set to rescan the drive bus for a replacement drive at preset intervals The related setting can be found in Configuration Parameters gt Other gt Drive Side Parameters gt Drive Fail Swap Check Period in second Logical Drives RAID Level Click to select a logical drive from the list above Front View Functions RAID JBOD ChI 2 1D 113 Media Scan Regenerate Parity Rebuild Rebuild Deleting an LD If you want to delete an LD from your RAID subsystem follow the steps outlined belo
149. dealing with arrays of massive capacities and when rearranging capacities for applications that need to be accessed by many application servers running heterogeneous OSes NOTE You can create a maximum of eight partitions per logical drive or logical volume Also partitioned logical drives cannot be included in a logical volume 9 4 2 Partitioning a Logical Drive A WARNING Partitioning a configured array destroys the data already stored on it Partitioning is recommended during the initial setup of your subsystem You have to move your data elsewhere if you want to partition an array in use 7 Step 1 Select the logical drive you want to partition Move your cursor to the Logical Drives window Right click to display the Edit Partition command menu Partitioning a Logical Configuration 9 27 SANWatch User s Manual Logical Drives RAID JBOD Chb0 1D 46 JBOD ChI 01D 32 Properties Add Cert Expane Step 2 t Step 3 LD Assiri rocondtary Controler White Policy erma Select Edit Partition from the menu The Edit Partition window displays Use the arrow keys on the button on the lower right to switch between partitions Edit Partition xi Edit Partition s of LD 58A4781CC PO O t Step 4 Step 5 t Step 6 t Step 7 9 28 If the array has not been partitioned all of its capacity appears as one single partition Single click to select t
150. dow can be accessed either from the functional navigation panel or the command menu on the top of the GUI screen PFisanwatch Sit erm RA S System Action Informa Ma gt Te kd ey Tasks Under Pro We Logical Drive Inte py Logical Volume El Fibre Channel S ES system informati IN Mapping Ki Statistics ail Maintenance T Logical Gives J Physica mes E Task Se hedules Ek Configure Quickinstallation Dai insta E Cr Th Exist an ton Wizard eryical Drive Logica Drives Create Logical Volume Host LUN Mapping W Configuration Parameters Figure 9 8 Accessing Existing Logical Volume Window Logical Volume Management 9 23 SANWatch User s Manual 9 24 9 3 3 1 Modifying Logical Volume Configurations Some configurations can be modified in the Properties command page To access the page select a Logical Volume and click on the Properties tab under the Functions window Logical Volume Status Click to select a Logical Yolume from the list above Members Logical Volume Parameters D 7A05D73F Size 17304MB Good Expand Properties L Assignment Slot A Write Policy Defaut Y Apply Each option is executed by a two step procedure Click to select a desired value from the pull down menu and then click Apply for the configuration to take effect LV Assignment both controllers can access a logical volume In traditional
151. drives RAID Expansion Mode 2 133 2 GB 2 GB 2 GB D TE E The original logical drive RAIDS 4GB 4 ee GB l 27GB 27GB 72760 Hew D Gi Dne Ino RAID S 4GB Copy and Replace one of the member drives Copy and replace each of the member drives Even if one member drive fails during the copy and replace the logical drive will still be available for access Figure 9 4 RAID Expansion Mode 2 1 3 The diagram above illustrates expansion of the same 4GB RAID 5 logical drive using Mode 2 Expansion Member drives are copied and replaced one by one onto three higher capacity disk drives 9 14 Logical Drive Management Chapter 9 Drive Management RAID Expansion Mode 2 2 3 E 2GB 2GB 4GB 4GB Bng g Drive Larss RAID 5 AJ Copy and Replace the other member drives one by one until all the member drives have been replaced Copy and Replace each member drive After all the member drives have been replaced execute the E in use RAID Expansion to use the additional capacity C Unused Figure 9 5 RAID Expansion Mode 2 2 3 This results in a new 4GB RAID 5 logical drive composed of three physical drives The 4GB increased capacity 2G from each new member parity drive s capacity is discounted appears as a new partition RAID Expansion Mode 2 3 3 oe RAID 5 8GB n partitions Partition n 1 or pose RAID 5 8GB GS inuse C Unuse
152. ds to be recalculated and rewritten every time new data is written to any of the data disks RAID Levels Appendices Physical Disks Logical Drive Dedicated 6 2 _BLOCK 1 Parity ad panty M BLOCKS v Ke Parity 5 6 E LOCK _BLOCK8_ Parity 7 8 7 o e e 2 e e Figure C 5 RAID 3 Storage C 7 RAID5 RAID 5 implements multiple block striping with distributed parity This RAID level offers the same redundancy available in RAID 3 though the parity information is distributed across all disks in the array Data and relative parity are never stored on the same disk In the event a disk fails original data can be reconstructed using the available parity information For small I Os as few as one disk may be activated for improved access speed RAID 5 offers both increased data transfer rates when data is being accessed in large chunks or sequentially and reduced total effective data access time for multiple concurrent I Os that do not span multiple drives Physical Disks Figure C 6 RAID 5 Storage RAID Levels App 17 SANWatch User s Manual C 8 RAID 6 A RAID 6 array is essentially an extension of a RAID 5 array with a second independent distributed parity scheme Data and parity are striped on a block level across multiple array members just like in RAID 5 and a second set of parity is calculated and written across all the drives The goal of this duplication is solely to improve fault toler
153. dule Information J Physical Oriv s as 4 u Task Schedules StarfTime 2007 0516 140i ER Configuration io ep uik instalation ECrecute Media Scan on all destination elements comcurrently 4 Sei Asana 3 Skt po tnstaliation Wizard Media Scan desinaton type Selected T Create Logical Orve Priority Low A Easting Logical Orives Period Execuson Once TA Create Logeal Volume fy Existing Logical Volumes or T j P i Figure 6 26 The Outer Shell System View Window The window menu includes the following commands Next Window The Next Window command change which window is active The active window is raised to the top of the screen If you connect more than one RAID system this command allows you to switch between different system view windows The Next Window command is useful if you want to circulate through all the windows on the screen Tile All Use the Tile All command to arrange and display all system view windows This allows you to view multiple systems simultaneously Cascade All Use the Cascade All command to diagonally arrange and display all system view windows on the screen This allows you to view multiple systems at a glance Hide All When you select this command all active system view windows will be minimized to small icons on the bottom left of the SANWatch screen To enlarge the system view window click on the icon s Close All If you select this command all the RA
154. dy Error SCSI Target Media Error SCSI Target Hardware Error SCSI Target Unit Attention SCSI Target Unexpected Sense Date SCSI Target Block Reassignment Failure SCSI Target Unexpected Data Over Underrun Drive SCSI Unrecognized Event 4 6 3 Level 3 Severity Events example Drive Failure Enclosure Power Supply Failure Cooling Fan Module Failure RAID Controller Unit Failure 4340 Event Severity Levels Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options 4 7 Event Log Display Once RAID Agent IPs are associated with a Root Agent their icons and names display on the Connection View panel To refer to the events that have happened since the Configuration Client started single click on a connected RAID Note that the Configuration Client station should be one that is always on so that important messages will not be ignored a4 Configuration Client File Language Help 6 Connection View H IP 192 168 4 43 Version 1 0 3 2 a Mocel F16F R2424 Name ID 661 a Model L1 2U G343 Name ID 655 r Model 41 2E G2121 2 Name D 1 Model 41 2E G21 21 2 Name ID 11 Admin Tool 2004 12 15 16 01 16 Event Description LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Parity Regeneration LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Expansion On Line Expansion of Logical Drive 0 Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Initialization LG 1 Logical Drive NOTIC
155. e Speed 2 GHz Channel 3 ROCOM Fibre Speed Auto Channel 12 Drive SATA Speed Channel 13 Drive SATA Speed Channel 14 Drive SATA Speed Channel 15 Drive SATA Speed Channel 16 Drive SATA Speed Channel 17 Drive SATA Speed Channel 16 Drive SATA Speed Channel 19 Drive SATA Speed 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a GHz a GHz a GHz a GHz a GHz 5 GHz a GHz a GHz Chapter 8 Channel Configuration Channel Channel Host Fibre Speed 2 GHz Parameters ID Current Data Rate 2 GHz Default Data Rate Auto Current Transfer width Serial Mode Name 2000000023000233 Port Name 2100000023000233 Apply The following sections describe user configurable channel parameters User Configurable Channel Parameters Once the channel has been selected the screen shown in Error Reference source not found will appear in the content window The different options are discussed below A SCSI host channel is shown below Channel Parameters EonStor Series a f 7 P TA N tef MA l 160 MHz Parameters ID Chip Information Channel 2 Drive Channel 3 Drive Channel 4 Drive Channel 5 Drive Channel 6 Drive Channel 7 Drive Channel 8 Drive Channel 9 Drive SATA Speed 3 0 GHz SATA Speed 3 0 GHz SATA Speed 3 0 GHz SATA Speed 3 0 GHz SATA Speed SATA Speed SATA Speed SATA Speed Channel 10 Drive SATA Speed Channel 11 Dri
156. e ancetecuccecetwbcrtetcscucacedussasel EE aa AEE ENAA Aa AES ORES AEAEE XV SOFTWARE AND FIRMWARE UPDATES eeeeeccccccccccccccccceccceccecceecceccceceeceeossssesosesossesesssesseesseese XVI REVISION HISTORY oiis onae aoso OaE S EAE ENS AE Eaa ANEO OENES XVI SANWatch User s Manual List of Tables Table 1 2 Software Modules with Different SANWatch Installations ceeeeessseeeeeeeeeees 9 Table 1 2 Software Modules SANWatch Console over Browser invoked Java Applet 10 Table 1 3 Software Modules Management Only ccccccccccsssessteeceeeeeeesneaeeeeeeeesesssaaeeeseees 10 Table 1 5 SANWatch Module Requirements cccccsesssccccceeeesesnsceeeeceesesssneceeesesseseseeeeeees 13 Tables E RAID Charting Table agape acs saveuatenssceuceayssacsncbensearsaetdalssteveven Wd cotGvalheatvbestveuvesidtiest acute 4 Table 4 1 Levels of Notification Severity siiie ssc scsseaccsba intense thxsded sans cattacwassdalnedamanaceaenteaceadeceatie 16 Table 7 12 Peripheral Device Py pe Parameters arisrir innein e EE 17 Table 7 2 Peripheral Device Type Stine S savin decnstcresnnsesaetacedeaasecatusdevtdesiucananuderndisesseuiaindeaven 17 Table 7 3 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solar is cccccccssssseeceecessesssneeeeeeees 18 Table 7 4 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solar is cccccccsssssceceecesssessneeeeeeees 18 Table 8 1 Dual Redundant Controller Channel Modes ccccccssssscccce
157. e default calendar Step 3 Select a day by a single mouse click A selected date will look a little afloat than other entries on the calendar Step 4 Right click on a day to activate the Create New Schedule command Snapshot Scheduler amp Prune Policy Configuration 15 33 SANWatch User s Manual S37 Maintenance View and Edit Snapshot Schedules gt Logical Drives J Physical Drives E Task Schedules is E Configuration S Quick installation o Calendar a Table View a Schedule Eveni Log pil Installation Wizard Z Create Logical Drive T Existing Logical Drives El Create Logical Volume Existing Logical Volumes j Channel um Host LUN Mapping W Configuration Parameter E S Data Service V Snapshot information a Maintain Snapshot ate Ne a Configure Snapshot z O E W E Sy Agent Gl Snapshotagent Right click to display the command y ors ee Slot Deive NOTICE Scan Drive Successful J po07 o5 18 16 39 3 Slots Drive NOTICE Scan Drive Successful J poseen 1D 14C9580F Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Creation E j 007 05 18 16 41 31 ID 14C9580F Logical Drive NOTICE Creation of Logical Drive Completed Step 5 A Snapshot Set selector window appears Select a Snapshot Set by a single mouse click and click on the Create button to proceed Ff schedule Setting Snapshot
158. e expansion 9 3 4 Deleting a Logical Volume t Step 1 Select the configured volume you wish to remove with a single mouse click Right click the adjacent area to display a command menu All Logical Volumes will appear below the Logical Volume Status panel Logical Volume Status View Logical Volume Edit Partition Delete Logical Wolume Click to select a logical volume from the list above Members Logical Volume Parameters ic 36744216 Size GOOMELGood OP ib 2066945 Size 200MB Good Expand Properties Available Expand Size reas 0 WEI f Expand t Step 2 You will be asked to confirm that you wish to delete the selected Logical Volume If you are certain that you want to delete the Logical Volume then select OK The logical volume will be deleted and removed from the logical volumes list 9 26 Logical Volume Management Chapter 9 Drive Management 9 4 Partitioning a Logical Configuration 9 4 1 Overview Partitions can be created in both logical drives and logical volumes Depending on your specific needs you can partition a logical drive or logical volume into two or more smaller size partitions or just leave it at its default size that is one large partition covering the entire logical drive or logical volume If you intend to map an entire logical drive or logical volume to a single host LUN then partitioning becomes irrelevant Partitioning can be helpful when
159. e impact to file serving performance In general Snapshot is many times faster than traditional tape or software backup and is driven by RAID system hardware meaning the operation consumes no resources on the application servers Access If the need arises for access to individual files at its TO state those specific data files will be regenerated by comparing the differentials in snapshot images and data in the source volume Data can be retrieved without affecting normal access to the source volume By mapping a Snapshot Image to a host LUN you can access the original source volume at a specified point in time Snapshot Image Repository Infortrend snapshot uses additional LUNs RAID volumes to keep snapshot configuration profiles and block level differentials Snapshot Basics Data Service Snapshot Snapshot Hierarchy Be Application servers RAID Storage Source volume Source volume A Snapshot Set2 Snapshot Snapshot sett Container mmm em ett Nn Snap hot images fan lo SC media extension Snapshots j Snapshots for source volume for source volume LUNJ LUN2 Backup Analysis Figure 15 2 Snapshot Relevant Directory Architecture Snapshot Container SC A reserved space allocated for saving all snapshot configurations and subordinate directories referring to one or several source production volumes Snapshot Set SS Directories that contain s
160. e the trial use A licensed login requires 1 Atleast a512MB cache in your RAID subsystem 2 Purchasing SANWatch by the following license application procedure 3 A corresponding firmware version with the support for functionalities such as snapshot Generate Apply File Download license key FW 3 48 gt Upgrade firmware gt and log in VIP room for a trial key SA Generate Apply File Download license key IEEE KNEES AR SS PES LEN NES A EELER SE EEEN PEER and purchase official and activate version FW 3 61 w Trial od compatible trial key on am Ti OO 2 ee backplane EEPROM ii sid 15 4 Official Download license key Generate Apply File gt and activate and purchase official version Figure 15 3 License Key Application Procedure Flowchart The Trial Use Alternatives 1 The Data Service functionality is enabled on a per enclosure basis With older firmware e g 3 48 you should proceed with the following 1 1 Upgrade firmware 1 2 Click on the About button on the Help menu of the array management window not the outer shell window Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot PESAN Watch ovsem Language Window Help se 2s Ss SS ee System Action Help Device a L s EA Information YF Enclosure View 1 3 Generate a License Apply File by the clicking the button in the License Key window TE License key Gj Infortrend SANWatch e SAN Watch 1 0 a Copyr
161. ecommended for most users Destination Folder C Program Files lnfortrend Inc k Browse You may choose the options you want to install Recommended for advanced users Back Next Cancel Featured Highlights 1 5 1 6 SANWatch User s Manual amp Infortrend RAIDWatch Setup 215 xi Choose the type of installation you prefer Centralize Management Install all components including RAIDYVatch program RAID Agent Root Agent and other centralized management utilities into host computer C Stand alone on Host Install RAIDVYatch program RAID Agent and drivers into host computer C Stand alone on Subsystem Install applet mode RAIDYVatch program components into the subsystem Destination Folder c Program Files infortrend Inc R Browse i Cancel NOTE The Typical mode installation equals the Stand alone on Host mode among the Custom mode options Mode One Centralized Management For centralized or one to many configurations using either the Ethernet or in band host connection to the RAID subsystems The root agent and utility sub modules including the Configuration Client and Central Management are included Necessary RAID agents are installed onto the management computer EonStor Arrays LAN WAN Central Management SANWatch console Configuration Client Snapshot Storage Management Automated Snapshot a z Event notification e
162. eed with configuration Note that the configuration will be saved to the reserved space on the array and may cause a short delay Click Broadcasting List from the tabbed panel above Host IP The IP address a broadcast message will be sent to Severity Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver station Computers receiving broadcast messages will be added to the Host Name list on the right mE Broadcast HostiP 192 168 4666 Severity a dl Step 5 Configuring the Utility Options Host Name ___ Host Nam Severity 192 166 1666 a Click Apply or OK to complete the configuration 13 7 SANWatch User s Manual w IMPORTANT In a massive capacity configuration it takes a while for the RAID subsystem to write the NPC configuration profile to every disk member DO NOT reset or power down the subsystem before the configuration can be safely distributed to the array Also make sure the subsystem s Ethernet port and related TCP IP settings have been properly configured for the NPC functionality to take effect 13 8 Configuring the Utility Options Chapter 14 Central Management Utility This chapter introduces the Centralized Management utility The following topics are discussed Centralized Management Section 14 1 page 14 2 Setting Up the Utility Section 14 2 page 14 2 Central Management Connection Section 14 3 page 14 4 Maintenance am
163. eeeaes 4 Figure 9 2 Accessing the Existing Logical Drives WindOW eccccccceesececeeeseeeceeeesneeeeeeeaes 8 Figure 9 9 RAID Ex pansion Mode lyascsoenea n teense eieadeis 14 Figure 9 4 RAID Expansion Mode 2 1 3 urrie E TAA 14 Figure 9 3 RAID Expansion Mode 2 2 3 heera eera R E RE E 15 Figure 9 6 RAID Expansion Mode 2 9 3 enserrat a a E A E E 15 Figure 9 7 Accessing the Create Logical Volume WindowW cccssccccceessteceeeessteceeeeseenees 20 Figure 9 8 Accessing Existing Logical Volume Window cccsscccessesseeeceeseneeeeeeeseeeeeeeens 23 Figure 12 1 EonRAID 2510FS Enclosure View 0 cccssssceccssssnccecesssecccssesenccecsseseneesensenees 2 Figure 12 2 EonSt r FIGF Seres Enclosure View siomocsrornen ii oon a E 2 Figure 12 3 Enclosure Tabbed Panel and Component LED Display ee eeeeeeeee 4 Figure 12 SEV iC e LEDS e E ET E EO E 5 Figure 12 5 Component Information Message Tags ccccsccccssssssecceeeeneeececeseeceeeeesneeeeeeneeaes 5 Figure 12 6 Information Summary creiren decent ses vdacdeavddeceecessavedsceddestacessdauedaedeaenaseens 6 Freure 14 13 NOt COMNCC ed asco cate eet atari ee ee ea eed 4 Feire 14A Data Que ry wwscact tree cart atesced E TE tele Meadeuatle aces EEA Aueiduasetls 4 Figure 143 5 COnne Ce aecea cece ces carrer cee eaaeceneeaaiclecta manic E academe eaten eee 4 Precire A A C OMe Ci 2 inte oes E aves to eaveccestaceand dantoa satiate yea S E leateit Godden ti
164. eeoncesescnesesices 9 20 9 3 1 Accessing the Create Logical Volume Window cccssssceceeceseessseeeeeeees 9 20 93 2 Creating lee 21Call Volume sorires o A ductile 9 21 Fe EN CTC OOM ixccncasehenies sac eaecestea R E E E Me dentaastaas 9 21 DOD SCM CUMO TDS cd scarica asetursesntoen saa a eaa 9 21 9 3 2 3 Setting Logical Volume Parameters si 2 scecsevorteuscesstasdcicenddesndntas ndotadasietiavebiebeceersente 9 22 Logical Volume ASS MEN siuna a NE TANEN 9 22 DELCCUVY MIG PONC Vaea e a E E 9 22 vii SANWatch User s Manual 9324 Chek OKR to Create aLovical Volume minses a eheavaes 9 22 9 3 3 Accessing the Existing Logical Volumes WindoW ccccccsssssseeeeeeeseeens 9 23 9 3 3 1 Modifying Logical Volume Configurations cccccccccccesssssseeececeseesessnseaeeeeeeesens 9 24 9 3 3 2 xpandins a Logical Volume criacao a E marie een 9 24 9 3 3 3 Accessing the Expand Logical Volume Page ccccssssscceececeeeeesesesseeeeeeeeens 9 25 9 3 4 Deletine aloe ical Volmerit A eai a Aa 9 26 9 4 PARTITIONING A LOGICAL CONFIGURATION eesssssceeesssoccessococesssoosesssooseesssoosesso 9 27 9 4 1 OVE VIG Wh A A A NA ES 9 27 9 4 2 Partitioning a Toei al Dit veisssacsy stein sitvse ott ei E E AERE 9 27 9 4 3 Partitioning a Logical VOlUMEC cece csccceecessesnseeeceeceesesnseeeeeseeeeseeseaeeeeeees 9 29 9 3 PHYSICAL DRIVE MAINTENANG Eisscsscsscstvessccssuctascesasovacesactapevscdeenscoavsesecccaceseussbesees 9 31 9 5 1
165. eeseesneceeeeeecessesseeeeeees 4 Table 8 2 Dual Single Controller Channel Modes cccccccccsssssssseceeceeeeesenaeeesescnseseseeeeeees 4 Table 8 3 SCSI Channels Clock Speed waves scense aicievenvnsteincxenensnsasin a E s 5 Table 10 1 iSCSI Initiator CHAP Configuration Entries cccccccccccssssssscceceseessesesaeeeeeeeeeees 8 Table l ll Artay Information ICONS sssssiccosiesors tiacastssesaarionsiosenuudea spsasnsiansntvirincdaaatendomaamauetiont 3 Table L2 Severity Level ICONS vaere A EE AA RA E 6 Table Vihe3s Device IOn nen N 12 List of Figures Figure 1 3 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Centralized Tiered Manacemen toere E E 6 Mode Two Stand alone for In band Management ccccsescccceceeeseseneeeeeeeenees 7 Mode Three Applet Mode Managementl cccscsscccccceeesesesneceeceeeseseseneaeeeeeeeneens 8 Typical SANWatch Connection Heterogeneous ccccesessecceceeeeesesaeeeeeeeseees 9 Figure 1 5 Typical SANWatch Connection Applet Mode ee ceeeescecceeesnteeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaes 10 Figure 1 6 Typical SANWatch Access the Applet Mode ccccccccccscsssestceeeseessesesneeeesees 10 Figure 4 1 Configuration Client Shortcut on Windows Startup Menu ccccceceesseeeeeeeeees 3 Figure 4 2 Connection The Right click Menus e cc ecceseceeceesseeceeeeeaeeeceeenaeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeaees 9 Figure 4 3 Enabling a Notification Method by the Switch Butt
166. eivers Sender Side From the Module Config window t Step 1 Find the SMS settings from the pull down list i t Step 2 Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable SMS notification Switched ON Switched OFF t Step 3 Set Status to Enable if you want the module to be activated every time the Configuration Client is started Note that the On Off switch should also be in the On position before you turn off the server or close the Event Notification Settings 4 29 4 30 C7 step 4 o steps 9 step 7 t Step 8 SANWatch User s Manual utility Otherwise you will have to manually enable the function whenever you reboot the server Select the severity level of the events to be sent to the receiver Station Select the COM port where you connect your GSM modem Enter the four digit identification Pin Code required by the modem Provide a Send Period in milliseconds for time intervals between messages to be sent Provide a retry time value Event Notification Settings 4 9 Auto Discovery Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Auto Discovery The innovative Auto Discovery feature provides quick instant agent search function If this option is enabled the system will automatically search for the available agents and add it into agent list without manually key in each agent IP address The Auto Discovery option also enables root agents to be discovered on
167. ell Window Command Description Next Window This command allows you to switch to the display of the next array being connected Tile All This command arranges currently open windows so that they are all visible and occupy an equal part of the SANWatch application window Cascade All This command arranges currently open windows so that one is placed over the other but every window is still visible caption button This command closes all currently open windows and ends all software connections SANWatch Help Menu Commands Outer Shell Window About lt A gt Displays information about the SANWatch Manager program What s this Produces an interactive arrow mark By placing the arrow mark over and clicking on a functional menu or push button the related help content page displays Displays the manager s online help SANWatch System Menu Commands Management Window Refresh Refreshes the status display of the current connection in cases when configuration changes are made through a different interface e g via a terminal connection to the same array Logout Closes the currently open window and ends the current session Command Summary App 3 SANWatch User s Manual A 3 App 4 SANWatch Action Menu Commands Management Window Command Description Array Displays the second level menu which provides Information access to all information windows Access to the information windows can
168. en instant is not yet available in this release Other Commands Snapshot Container commands Snapshot Image commands Snapshot Set commands Delete Snapshot Image Host LUN Mapping Set Name amp Comment Creat Snapshot Container Expand Snapshot Container Space Utilization Threshold Delete Snapshot Container Create Snapshot Set Fault recovery OTEA EE TE NETE commands ai ke Ver 1 Delete Snapshot Set Snapshot Container Snapshot Image Allows you to manually remove a snapshot element Configure Snapshot Policy Host LUN Mapping Set Name amp Comment 2 Set Name amp Comment This command brings forth an input window with two text boxes that allow you to put a name tag and description for a specific Snapshot Image or Snapshot Set Please Input Name Mame Comment 3 Expand Snapshot Container This command allows you to expand an existing Snapshot Container by joining in another RAID partition volume You can join another RAID partition with the Snapshot Container volume currently in use Free space can also be acquired by expanding logical drives NOTE that once you join a RAID partition into an existing Snapshot Container you cannot separate them after the expansion Configuration Process 15 25 SANWatch User s Manual To expand a Snapshot Container Step 1 Left click to select a Snapshot Container 1 Left click to select a Snapshot Container View and Edit Snapsho
169. ent 9 2 3 1 Modifying LD Configurations After the LD is created some configurations can be modified in the Properties command page To access the page select a logical drive and click on the Properties tab on the Functions window Functions Properties add Disk Expand Migrate Logical Drives Write Policy Default Mame LD Assignment slat A Apply Each option is executed by a two step procedure Click to select a desired value from the pull down menu or input a name and then click Apply for the configuration to take effect Write Policy Write policy can be adjusted on a per logical drive basis This option allows you to set a write policy for the specific logical drive you selected Default is a neutral value that is coordinated with the controller s caching mode setting Other choices are Write back and Write through Name You can name a logical drive per logical drive basis LD Assignment both controllers can access a logical drive In traditional LD management one LD can only be accessed either by a primary or a secondary controller In system running later firmware releases LD assignment is referred to controller locations Slot A or Slot controller 9 2 3 2 Expanding LD by Adding Disks To access the Add Disk command page select a logical drive and click on the Add Disk tab under Functions window Functions Properties Add Disk Expand Migrate Logical Drives S
170. er if you do not want to use up all of the capacity at this time This also applies if you suspect your disk drives may be featuring different block numbers The unused capacity can be utilized later using the Expand Logical Drive function Selecting Stripe Size The stripe size used when the LD is created can be selected from the Stripe Size pull down menu The stripe sizes ranging from 16K to 1024K are available A default stripe size is available and is indicated by bracketed information Select a stripe size but note that stripe size arrangement has a tremendous effect on RAID subsystem performance Changing stripe size is only recommended for experienced users Stripe size defaulted to this menu is determined by the subsystem Optimization mode and the RAID level selected Initialization Options If set to the Online mode you can have immediate access to the array Online means the logical drive is immediately available for I Os and the initialization process can be automatically completed in the background Select RAID Level From the RAID Level pull down menu shown select the RAID level you wish to apply to the LD Write Policy Define the write policy that will be applied to this array Default is actually an option that is automatically coordinated with the subsystem s general setting The general caching mode setting can be accessed through the Controller gt Caching Parameters section of the Configuration Parameters
171. erface SCSI Accessed Fault Tolerant Enclosures an enclosure monitoring device type used as a simple real time check on the go no go status of enclosure UPS fans and other items App 9 SANWatch User s Manual App 10 SASL SCSI S E S Storage Area Network is a high speed subnetwork of shared storage devices A storage device is a machine that contains nothing but a disk or disks for storing data A SAN s architecture works in a way that makes all storage devices available to all servers on a LAN or WAN Because stored data does not reside directly on the network s servers server power is utilized for applications rather than for passing data SASL is the Simple Authentication and Security Layer a mechanism for identifying and authenticating a user login to a server and for providing negotiating protection with protocol interactions Small Computer Systems Interface pronounced scuzzy a high speed interface for mass storage that can connect computer devices such as hard drives CD ROM drives floppy drives and tape drives A SCSI bus can connect up to sixteen devices SCSI Enclosure Services is a protocol used to manage and sense the state of the power supplies cooling devices temperature sensors individual drives and other non SCSI elements installed in a Fibre Channel JBOD enclosure S M A R T SMS Spare Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology an open standard for devel
172. es ieee aj S87 maintenance View and Edit Snapshot Schedules T Logical Drives y Physical Drives Shoal D Task Schedules Calendar oa Table View G Schedule Event Log May E amp Configuration May me FRI SAT Quick Installation June 3 g 7 installation Wizard 23 puly Create Logical Drive August a is T Existing Logical Drives September po fi 1 Create Logical Volume October ey Existing Logical Votumes November J Channel December k7 Fs T Host LUN Mapping w Configuraton Parameter PF Data Serv zi Bi bs Ta fa ia ER Snapsnot_test1 i Srapshot_tes 2 Snapshot_test02 rapshot_tesi02 napsnot_tesiO2 shot_test02 Bs RR Snapshot iest Snapshot_test0i apshot_test0i napshot_test01 aneng test0i 3 Mamitain S a Configure Snape 7 Ea bo Ei Snapshot_tes 02 Snapshotiess2 Snapshot_tess2 Snapshot_test02 sie shot_test02 Snapshottess Shapshotiess1 Snapsnot_tess Snapshot_test0t vapshot_test0t Be Avert ga Snapshot Ag inde Severt Type Time Description 240 i 2007 05 18 16 3741 Slot3 Drive NOTICE Scan Drive Successful aj ST E q 2007 05 18 16 374 Slot4 Drive NOTICE Scan Drive Successful Step 1 Open the Snapshot Schedules view by a single click on its icon on the navigation tree Step 2 Select a calendar by selecting the year and month dropdown lists As long as your system date and time has been properly configured there should be no troubles with th
173. et with the configurations above click Apply to make the changes 7 4 System To access the System specific functions select the System page as shown in below from the Configuration Parameters window 7 5 SANWatch User s Manual Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Redundani System OG Mute Beeper a Resetthe controller G Shutdown Controller a Restore Factory Defaults ownload Upload Downoad Fi Download FW BR a Download MYRAM from Host Disk F Upload WWRAM to Host Disk Save NVRAM to Disk Restore NVRAM from Disk Apply Each function is executed by a two step procedure Click the select button of the function you wish to perform and click the Apply button for the configuration to take effect Select only one option each time from the System page You may repeat the steps if you like to proceed with more than one option System Functions Mute Beeper Turns the beeper off temporarily for the current event The beeper will still be activated by the next event Be sure that you have checked carefully to determine the cause of the event Reset Controller Resets the subsystem without powering off Shutdown Controller This prepares the subsystem to be powered off This function flushes the unfinished writes still cached in controller memory making it safe to turn off the subsystem Restore Factory Default When you apply this fun
174. etup process This will minimize the possibility of encountering system errors during setup t Step 3 The SANWatch installer program is included on the CD ROM that came with your RAID controller or subsystem An auto run screen provides a hot link to the Windows installer program Click on Windows Platform Software Setup best to remove older Runtime packages from your The older Java can be removed through Windows platform the Control Panel gt Add or Semmens Remove Programs utility Software Setup Chapter 3 Installation Product CD EonStor S16F R G1430 e Software Installation SANWatch Management Tools Windows platform Linux Platform run linux sh Solaris Platform run unix sh a EonPath Windows platform Linux Platform Solaris Platform EonPath Readme f Step 4 Click the supported platform to start the installation process Step 5 If your server or workstation is not ready with Java Runtime at least version 1 4 2_05 an install shield will automatically install Java Runtime onto your machine Please follow the on screen instructions to proceed dE ti Gono Pane nte FP aTi Deplay Drim E come Graphene Gute 19 i acta Ey Ferenc FP irre te vi iF riria e PAD GA Toci FP es 2 anane Deriora SE 4 GP Lieoupdiate 2 0 Symantec Corporation Sm TTAR EA Lageech SPa am nma E Haroren rnare jE eno MET Prameeri 11 F hoo
175. evels 5 and 6 This function is disabled when an LD is configured in other RAID levels This function is only applicable on RAID subsystems running Firmware revision 3 47 or above Logical Drive Management C SA SANWatch User s Manual Logical Drives ra K 1CB64DB1 RAID Level RAIDS LD Name sie VE sine Se KE 128 Good 3000 Click to select a logical drive from the list above Front View Functions RAID 9 12 Properties Add Disk Expand Migrate Logical Drives Size MB 239112 239112 RAID Level RAID 6 Stripe Size 128K Defaut Drive Size MB 239112 Migrate LD Select a RAID Level There are numerous RAID levels each level is a different way to spread data across multiple disk drives Selecting a RAID level that is most appropriate for your application with a balance among usable capacity performance and fault tolerance Currently SANWatch supports RAID migration between RAID5 and RAID6 For more information about RAID levels please refer to Appendix C of this manual You need a minimum of three 3 drives for RAID 5 and four 4 drives for RAID 6 The RAID level dropdown list displays applicable RAID levels according to your current selection If you need to add a disk drive for more capacity for example when migrating from RAIDS to RAID6 you can select an unused drive from the Front View wi
176. ew and Edit Snapshot Set snapshot Set s Snapshot Set ID Snapshot Container ID Nene LDJLY ID A Logical Drives Physical Drives z Task Schedules E Configuration Quick Installation pol Installation Wizard 2 Create Logical Drive 3 Existing Logical Drives Created Time Tue May 22 06 22 20 2007 Tue May 22 06 22 24 2007 EL Create Logical Volume Ea Existing Logical Volumes fj Channel EE Host LUN Mappi Configuration Para Data Service Bs P Configure Snapshot E m Agent aa gu Snapshot Agent hapshot alrrtale Sn neha 2007 05 22 01504 23 SNAPSHOT Notif SI ID 27SCFR0ET3AZAE79 Creation Complet 300 i T 2007 05 22 06 05 51 Controler Initialization Completed Step 3 3 1 Select Maintain Snapshot from the left side navigation tree Select an existing Snapshot Set and then right click on it to display the Take Snapshot command Step 3 3 2 Click on the Take Snapshot command Step 3 3 3 The snapshot is taken almost immediately and the Snapshot images appear in the Snapshot Image field on the lower half of the screen 15 20 Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot Step 3 4 Snapshot Set Mapping IMPORTANT If a source volume has already been mapped to a host ID LUN it is recommended you unmap the source volume and then create Snapshot configuration for this volume This may require that you
177. failure because of the full redundancy of the hard disk drives If more than two hard disk drives are chosen for RAID 1 RAID 0 1 will be performed automatically App 15 SANWatch User s Manual C 6 App 16 IMPORTANT RAID 0 1 will not appear in the list of RAID levels supported by the controller RAID 0 1 automatically applies when configuring a RAID1 volume consisting of more than two member drives Physical Disks SS BLOCK 3_ E __ BLOCK 4 i A BLOCKS _ j m va Figure C 4 RAID 1 0 1 Storage RAID 3 RAID 3 implements block striping with dedicated parity This RAID level breaks data into logical blocks into the size of a disk block and then stripes these blocks across several drives One drive is dedicated to parity In the event a disk fails the original data can be reconstructed by XOR calculation from the parity information In RAID 3 the total disk capacity is equivalent to the sum of the capacities of all drives in the combination excluding the parity drive For example combining four 1GB drives would create a single logical drive with a total disk capacity of 3GB This combination appears to the system as a single logical drive RAID 3 provides increased data transfer rates when data is being accessed in large chunks or sequentially However in write operations that do not span multiple drives performance is reduced since the information stored in the parity drive nee
178. first time login and then click OK See Error Reference source not found The authentication code can be changed later in the utility Only an administrator who has the password can access the notification settings The Configuration Client Utility 4 5 SANWatch User s Manual uy t Step 6 Password is not required when login as a guest Click OK to login without entering any password Password Enter authentication code say t Step 7 Double click the Admin Tool item on the Connection View window that appears when a Root Agent is successfully connected wl Configuration Client File Language Help af Connection view EHS IF 192 168 4 43 Version 0 3 2 p Model F16F R2424 Mame ID s Model U1 2U G345 Marne ID soggy Model A12E G21 21 2 Mame ID egg Model A 2E G21 21 2 Mame ID Model A16F S1 211 Marne ID 1 x amp Step 8 The Module Configuration window will display on the right of the Configuration Client configuration screen You may now start configuring event receivers under each notification method window Click on the Module Name pull down list to display all the configuration options Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Name RootAgent Setting Create Root4agent Setting Administrator passwd bees ae a Guest password p Email Broadcast Fax MSM messenger Short Message Service Auto Discovery Current Value Agent I 1 192
179. from the Action menu or select the Channel icon from the navigation panel Wisanwatch System Language Window Help Host SCSI Speed 160 Host SCSI Speed 0 MI Drive SATA Speed 3 0 rive SATA Speed 3 0 prive SATA Speed 3 0 Drive SATA Speed 3 0 E Tasks Under 9 Logical Drive o Logical Volur Es System Infor la Statistics app Drive SATA Speed i Configuration Parameters Drive SATA Speed E el Maintenance tive SATA Speed Logical Drive 33 Channel 9 Drive SATA Speed hannel 10 0 AT d 3 Physical Drives 3 Channel 10 Drive SATA Speed Channel 11 Drive SATA Speed fis Task Schedule Channel 12 Drive SATA Speed a EI Configuration a Channel 13 Drive SATA Speed Channel 14 Drive SATA Speed Channel 15 Drive SATA Speed Channel 16 Drive SATA Speed Channel 17 Drive SATA Speed c Quick Installffion PF installation ivizard gt Create Local Drive T Basti WET gical Drives 2 Create Wica Volume Lo Existing Logical Volumes Host LUN Mapping Ci Configuration Parameter 4 b J 2007 05 16 13 30 29 3 2007 05 16 14 01 11 Once the Channel window has been opened and channel items have appeared click on the channel that needs to be configured and its configuration window will appear on the right 8 2 Channel Configuration Window 8 2 Channel 1 Host Fibre Speed Auto Channel 2 Drive Fibr
180. gement server will also need Java Run time Environment JRE installed if a system administrator needs to configure the arrays from it The product utility CD contains a Java Run time package 4 Table 1 5 provides a guide to what modules need to be installed on which servers The items listed in the lower section of Table 1 5 JRE web browser and or web server are not included with SANWatch management program therefore they must be manually installed or modified by system users 5 For more information about specific platform requirements see Section 3 3 Platform Requirements Mode 1 All Modes Mode 2 Mode 3 Centralized Stand alone Stand alone Management on Host on Subsystem Installed Centralized Remote Server w RAID Elements Management Browser RAID Subsystem Server Station Directly Attached Applet Mode in band RAID Agents Conceptual Foundation Chapter 1 Introduction Yes if it is SANWatch Vac used to run Yes Manager SANWatch Configuration Client Yes if it is JRE used to run SANWatch Web S y a eb Server es eiibedded Table 1 5 SANWatch Module Requirements 1 3 2 Stand alone on Host Installation Main features of the RAID based installation method are listed below m SANWatch main programs and the RAID agents used to communicate with a RAID subsystem over in band protocols are installed SANWatch runs on the RAID attached server as a Java program 1 3 3 Stand alone on S
181. generate Parity and array configuration processes such as logical drive initialization and capacity expansion Ifyou find that you have made the wrong configuration choice you may also left click and then right click on the task information to display the Abort command A brief task description start time and a percentage indicator are available with each processing task Event Log List Configuration List Window In the bottom of SANWatch program shows Event Log List and Configuration List windows You can switch between the two windows by clicking on the tabbed panel on the bottom left of SANWatch screen ll L ll ed 7 27e i fr 2007 03 21 00 06 45 i rm 2007 03 23 01 59 59 NOTICE i U 2007 03 23 02 01 54 Controller amp EN 3007 03 23 02 02 05 Peripberz a i il Gj 2007 03 23 02 10 56 Controlle Gi oO 2007 03 23 02 11 05 Penphere Loy List Configuration List Tabbed panel Event log options 11 5 Enclosure View SANWatch User s Manual Event Log List Window The Event Log List window generates the system s event log list at the bottom of the SANWatch screen The Event Log window gives users the real time monitoring alerting as well as status reporting of the RAID systems When a new event is generated the icon under Severity column will flash to draw user s attention The severity icons also indicate the severity level of an event See Table 11 2 You can easily read the ti
182. gin Description Pug Test Plugin Label Test Application Prograrn est exe w t Step 5 Select the Plug in tab from the panel Click Create Receiver to display an input field dialog box t Step 6 Enter the configuration string to be read when the application program starts A configuration argument may look like this plugin userprogram exe uid xx model xxx xxx ip XXX XXX XXX XXX ctrlrName N A severity 1 evtStr Evt String recv customized string An added profile is listed in the Receiver Data field AA Root Agent Configuration Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Plugin Name Plug Test Delete Plugin Application test exe Receiver Data i E Input plugin receiver data st xxx com username test UID xxx cane 4 4 Event Notification Settings 4 4 1 Configuration Client Notification Methods Configuration Client provides the following methods for sending notifications SNMP traps email LAN broadcast fax SMS and MSN Messenger Some notification methods such as the connection to a fax machine require Windows MAPI support on the servers used as the Configuration Client platform To configure the Event Notification previous NPC settings select Module Config from the right hand side of GUI screen Scroll down the pull down menus to create or modify various notification methods There are seven notification methods listed in the pull d
183. gram See Section 4 1 1 t Step 2 From the Command menu select File gt Add Host or right click on Connection View to bring up the Add Host Dialog Box and enter a Root Agent IP here wit Configuration Client Fie Language Help Add Host E NECTION Wie Please input the RootAgent server address a Cancel g NOTE The Root Agent IP is usually the computer IP where the Configuration Client is installed using SANWatch s Custom mode gt Central Management installation option t Step 3 The connected IP displays on the left of the Connection View window Select the IP and click the Connect Root The Configuration Client Utility Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Agent Server icon or right click on the displayed IP to display the Connect commands wit Configuration Client File Language tT a F h fe onnect Root gent Server IP 192 1668 1 ss eso Y C SIA L IMI AYY wt Configuration Client Fie Language Help Connect Maconnect Senerate Dummy Event Retesh t Step 4 The Configure user dialog box appears Select to log in either as an Administrator or Guest An administrator has the authority to change any configuration client settings unlike a guest is allowed to view the settings only See Error Reference source not found t Step 5 When login as an administrator enter root as the authentication code in the Password dialog box at the
184. guage Window Help La Array XXX XXX XX XXX SEEM Artery E i Information gt Maintenance Logical Drives Configuration gt eee EE Task Schedules Figure 6 16 Accessing Maintenance Commands Logical Drive Maintenance Window When the Logical Drives maintenance window is opened the screen shown below will appear The Maintenance Category Ti sievevatch Chapter 6 Basic Operations Sym Language Andres Help a Sem action Help a iie it AF Enclosure view TE Tacki Unde Process LL Logical Drive Inftemation i Logical volui Iiiannai EE System information Whi Seatienecs if Waistananca y Prsical Deva 7 Task Geheaules E Cordiquration T duitk instalator A nalalatan Airard d Create Logical eve fs sighing Logical Drkat Oy Create Logical waume fy Osietng Logical Viele J Ghannet i Hogi LUH Happing lajs 5 Logical Drives ee es eS ee ee ee a TiO O O OWA O OO O ORADE O O O O O O OMO ke nel inina OOOO OOOO Glek lo baledi a Logical Drove arm ihe lied above Front View Functions RAID Fesgerserate Parity Operation Node Ehe and Bie qaresrate Iseue Ceent Grind Regenesis fl a alll i x 155 ij i H 1i il 187 i i L 15 il i T TA i 190 figa il i a 192 i f L 1 il i T IH i Event Log List Censfigur ation List Com sO Qe y ai inaa an e Li ee Ea i PFS eea Tokie MOTDCE Sorry Creations a
185. h 8th _ REECE Figure 15 10 Snapshot Prune Policy with Life Span Setting P TIPS You can check capacity usage in the Snapshot Information window by clicking on a Snapshot Container Set and then scroll down to see a percentage graph 15 3 2 Purge Policy Configuration The Purge Rule policy can be configured on an existing Snapshot Container or a Snapshot Set For example if there are two Snapshot Sets under a Snapshot Container you can set a 50 purge policy on one of them in order to control the maximum space used by each Snapshot Set Snapshot Purge Policy Space Management 15 29 SANWatch User s Manual Snapshot Container Container Volume Set Purge policy to 50 Figure 15 11 Purge Policy on One of the Snapshot Sets View and Edit Snapshot Container Snapshot Container s Media Extent List Med Extent 1D A OSEI CSME Onine Snapshot Container Purge Rule Snapshot Set Purge Rule Set Name amp Comment Purge Policy with Snapshot Container Step 1 Under the View and Edit Snapshot Container screen click to select a Snapshot Container Step 2 Right click to display the related commands and left click on Space Utilization Threshold Step 3 Your will be prompted by a Space Threshold window Use the dropdown lists to specify a capacity threshold for a specific container CED Space Threshold Setting Threshold Setting List add New Threshold Level Type Pe
186. h User s Manual 12 2 12 1 12 2 12 2 1 About The Enclosure View Window The SANWatch Enclosure View is a customized display that shows a visual representation of the physical RAID controller subsystem components The Enclosure View allows you to quickly determine the operational status of critical RAID components The Enclosure View window shows both the front and rear panel e g the EonRAID 2510FS controller head series see Figure 12 1 The Enclosure View of each SANWatch session defaults to the display of the connected RAID controller or RAID subsystem The tabbed panel provides access to other cascaded enclosures e g JBODs the EonStor series see Figure 12 2 so you can monitor multiple enclosures via a single SANWatch management session Enclosure View RAID JBOD ChI 2 1D 8 Figure 12 2 EonStor F16F Series Enclosure View Accessing the Enclosure View Connecting to the RAID Agent Connection to the RAID Agent is fully described in Chapter 3 of this manual 12 2 2 Opening the Enclosure View Window Once SANWatch is successfully connected to a RAID subsystem SANWatch defaults to the Enclosure View If it doesn t appear or if you have closed the Enclosure View window but wish to access it again you can either select the Enclosure View icon from the navigation tree or go to the Action Command menus and then select Information Enclosure View on the top of the screen Enclosure Display Chapter 12
187. he partition the color bar Right click or select the Edit command to display the Add Partition command Click to proceed The Partition Size window displays Enter the desired capacity and press OK to proceed SS ti Zt 2 Please input partition size ce Shown below is a capacity partitioned into two Each partition is displayed in a different color Repeat the above process to create more partitions or click to view its Partitioning a Logical Configuration Chapter 9 Drive Management information A new partition is created from the existing partition Edit Partition Edit Partition s of LO SFF44216 hide 0 Ore OME Site SOOKE The arrow buttons help you travel from one partition to another 9 4 3 Partitioning a Logical Volume t Step 1 Select the logical volume you wish to partition Move your cursor onto the Logical Volume Status window Right click to display the Edit Partition command menu Logical Volume Status I SEDBBS45 Size 200ME Good Expand Properties LY Assigimerit Write Policy Step 2 Select Edit Partition from the menu t Step 3 The Edit Partition mode window displays as shown below Partitioning a Logical Configuration 9 29 SANWatch User s Manual Edit Partition Edit Partition s of LY SFEC3O34 t Step 4 If the volume has not been partitioned all of the array capacity appears as one single p
188. he Front View window A used drive one that previously included in a logical configuration can also be tested with the precondition that its reserved space needs to be manually removed Select Read Write Test from the tabbed menus in the Functions window Verify the listed drive slot number Select the Test type as either Read only or Read Write test There are two configurable parameters related to the Read Write test Error Occurrence and Recovery Process Use the pull down menu to configure a preferable test condition The configurable options are listed below Error Occurrence This item specifies firmware s reactions if any errors should be found during the Read Write test Options are No Action Abort on Any Error Abort on Hardware Errors Note that the definitions of drive errors are determined by the interface type For SATA disk drives errors are interpreted according to SATA 8 bit error encoding 9 31 SANWatch User s Manual 9 32 Recovery Process Firmware might attempt to correct some of the errors discovered on drives The configurable options are No Recovery Marking Bad Block Auto Reassignment and Attempting Reassign First If selected the last option will attempt to reassign bad blocks and if the reassignment fails mark those drive sectors as BAD Copy and Replace Clone Reserved Space Media Scan Mai n Spar Identify Drive Read Write Test Selected Drive Slot 11
189. he data bus by which they are connected See the icon list below for more information Description RAID controller status Status of I C bus devices Status of SAF TE devices Status of SES devices Temperature sensors Table 11 3 Device Icon A Refresh button allows you to renew the information in cases when loop IDs are changed or when an LIP has been issued Place your cursor on a specific item to display its device category System Information 11 12 Chapter 11 System Monitoring and Management Component status is constantly refreshed yet the refresh time depends on the value set for device bus polling intervals e g polling period set for SAF TE or SES devices The EonStor subsystem series supports auto polling of cascaded enclosures meaning the status of a connected enclosure is automatically added to the System Information window without the user s intervention 11 1 Statistics SANWatch Manager includes a statistics monitoring feature to report the overall performance of the disk array system This feature provides a continually updated real time report on the current throughput of the system displaying the number of bytes being read and written per second and the percentage of data access being cached in memory These values are displayed by numeric value and as a graph FRsanwatch BEE System Language Window Help Ti oO x System Action Statistics E n Information kag Enclosu
190. he thresholds on temperatures refer to the defaults set for RAID controller board temperature 7 9 Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters I O channel host side drive side and rebuild priority options are included in its specific sub window To configure these configuration options select each configuration page from the Configuration Parameters window Event Triggered Operations 7 13 SANWatch User s Manual PEsAnwatch System Language Window Help System Action Help f A Enclosure View Tasks Under Process ie Logical Drive Information pa Logical Yolume Informati gt E System Information lif Statistics 5 HT Maintenance Logical Drives 3 Physical Drives fis Task Schedules a Eg Configuration amp Quickinstallation J3 Installation Wizard Create Logical Drive 4 Existing Logical Drives Ed Create Logical Volume i Existing Logical Volumes 5 Channel Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Trigger Host side Drive side Disk array Maximum Queued O Count LUNs per Host SCSI ID Max Concurrent HostLUN Connection Peripheral Device Type Peripheral Device Qualifier Device Supports Removable Media LUN Applicability Cylinder Head Sector Tags Reserved per Host LUN Connection 256 v fs LUNs v Defaut 4 v Defaut 32 7 OD Enclosure Services Device v Connected od Disable v Undefined
191. he value field 3 11 SANWatch User s Manual 3 12 3 4 6 Log out and log in as the root user to verify that it worked Select Other from the login screen and manually enter root as user name and its associated password When you log in successfully you can start installing SANWatch to your Mac machine Running the Configuration Client and Central Management utilities requires you to log in as a root user In band drivers also require root access If you do not need the Configuration Client and Central Management utilities and run the SANWatch management software over the Applet mode you may log in using your ordinary user access The Install Shield To install SANWatch package for Mac OS simply locate the installation files and double click the installshield jar to start with the installation process nala v2 3 g 04 ls ol EB Q E Network a b E Macintosh HD cA Untitled RAID Set 1 a Autorun inf client pem data zip E ftp infortrend com 7 F iftfw ftp infortrend com m m ae Diiin getkey exe IFTNative dil installshield jar QS ier l Applications a fit Movies j2pi sh j2re 1_4_2 exe j2re1 4 2 tgz 3 Documents A Q Music A Pictures linux sh mac app zip mac root zip Installing SANWatch Main Program for all platforms When the install shield of SANWatch main program is launched follow the steps below to complete the installation iD I
192. hedule 5 2 Navigation Tree Icons Chapter 5 SANWatch Icons 5 2 Array Information Icons Enclosure View zz Drive in good condition yh Fr Drive missing or failed SJALE Global Spare Any drive icon showing a color other than black represents a member of a logical drive or a dedicated spare Black is the default color of a new or used drive A used drive is a drive that had been used as a member of a logical drive zz An empty tray disk drive not installed This graphic represents a rotation button Each mouse click on it turns the enclosure graphic 90 degrees clockwise oaling fant is in high speed EEC ooling fan is in high speed galing fana is in high speed goling fana is in high speed SU O FAN O is Not Present PSU O FAN 1 is Not Present PSU1 status pares SU2 status peeled pe i SANWatch recognizes each subsystem by its board serial number and displays an exact replica of it in the panel view LEDs shown on the enclosure view correspond to the real LEDs on the subsystem If an LED corresponding to a failed component is lit red as shown above move your mouse cursor to the enclosure panel Let the cursor stay on the graphic for one second and an enclosure status summary will be displayed Array Information Icons 5 3 SANWatch User s Manual Tasks Under Process Progress indicator Partition s of 5D8D3BEB P2 Index 0 Offset OMB Size 14346MB Logical Volume Information A
193. his is just a string authentication and can be seen as a plain text password Configuring the Utility Options 13 5 SANWatch User s Manual Step 3 Click Apply or OK to proceed with configuration Note that the configuration will be saved to the reserved space on the array and may cause a short delay 4 Step 4 Click SNMP Trap List from the tabbed panel above m a nfigu rE E SSL Notification Process Center Setting EMAL SNMP Trap Broadcast Base Setting SNMP Trap List Trap Receivers Severity ang a 192 168 1 254 i Host ei se 10 1254 Severity a z Adil Renit Host IP The port number of the agents listening for traps Severity Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver station Trap receivers will be added to the Trap Receivers list on the right Step 5 Click Apply or OK to complete the configuration 13 2 4 Broadcast Notification t Step 1 Click on the Notification Process Center Setting tab and Broadcast to display Broadcast settings 13 6 Configuring the Utility Options Chapter 13 NPC Utility Installation SSL Notification Process Center Setting isa 5 Bass Setir a Enableck k t Step 2 Step 3 t Step 4 SSC Notification Process Center Setting Fill in or select the following configuration fields Enabled Select this check box to enable the notification Click Apply or OK to proc
194. hods including e mail and fax Non RAID The capacities of all the drives are combined to become one logical drive no block striping In other words the capacity of the logical drive is the total capacity of the physical drives NRAID does not provide data redundancy Parity checking is used to detect errors in binary coded data The fact that all numbers have parity is commonly used in data communications to ensure the validity of data This is called parity checking Parity in RAID enables fault tolerance by creating a sum of data and saving it across member drives or on a dedicated parity drive Redundant Arrays of Independent Disks Originally Redundant Arrays of Inexpensive Disks The use of two or more disk drives instead of one disk which provides better disk performance error recovery and fault tolerance and includes interleaved storage techniques and mirroring of important data RAID Agent The intermediate SANWatch module that communicates between RAID controller firmware and RAIDWatch program A RAID agent receives SANWatch Manager commands and retrieves information from RAID firmware such as the event log RAID Agent comes embedded with RAID array firmware RAID Agent can also be manually installed onto a server that is directly attached with a RAID array and communicates with it using the in band protocols See description of in band SANWatch Manager SAF TE SAN The SANWatch management software int
195. hown in Error Reference source not found the Maintain Spare button appears Front View Functions RAID Clone Identify Drive Reserved Space Media Scan Maintain Spare Copy and Replace Step 1 From the Front View window selecta drive that is not configured into any array Must not a member of LD LV Selected Drive Slot Global Spare Local Spare Enclosure Spare Next Step2 From the Front View window select the disk drive you want to use as a dedicated spare Global or Enclosure spare with a single mouse click Step 3 After selecting the drive that will be used as a spare the selected drive s slot number will be displayed and you may click the Next button to complete the process 4 Step 4 If you prefer to create a dedicated spare you will need to specify a logical drive to which the dedicated spare belongs An Enclosure Spare is one that is used to rebuild all logical drives within the same enclosure In configurations that span across multiple enclosures a Global spare may participate in the rebuild of a failed drive that resides in a different enclosure Using Enclosure Spare can avoid disorderly locations of member drives if members reside in different enclosures Logical Drive Management 9 17 SANWatch User s Manual 9 18 9 2 6 9 2 7 Rebuilding Logical Drives Depending on the presence of a spare drive rebuild is initiated automatically or must be starte
196. ht click on the lower half of the configuration screen to display the Add MSN Recipient dialog box Module Config Plugin Create Plugin aisia jit dide ca ose Status Disable MSN username MSN password El av Severity M t Step 3 Enter the MSN account of the contact receiving event messages 4206 Event Notification Settings t Step 4 t Step 5 Sender Side Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Add MSN receiver q x MSN Account Severity f Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver Repeat this process to add more receivers From the Module Config window t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 t Step 4 t Step 5 Event Notification Settings Find the MSN settings from the pull down list Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable MSN notification Switched ON Switched OFF Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to enable MSN notification Set Status to Enable if you want the module to be activated every time the Root Agent is started Note that the On Off switch should also be in the ON position before you turn off the server or close the utility Otherwise you will have to manually enable the function whenever you reboot your server Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver station Provide a valid MSN contact by enter
197. ication To use mutual CHAP specify an initiator secret on the Initiator Settings page and configure that secret on the target cw en 2 Microsoft iSCSI initiator uses IQN as the default User name for CHAP setting A different User name can be specified here instead of the default 3 For more information on CHAP related settings please refer to the documentation that came with your initiator hardware or software drivers LUN Mapping 10 9 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank 10 10 LUN Mapping Chapter 11 System Monitoring and Management RAID Information Section 11 1 The Information Category Date and Time Enclosure View Section 11 2 Task Under Process Event Log List Configuration List Window Logical Drive Information Section 11 3 Accessing Logical Drive Information Logical Volume Information Section 11 4 Accessing Logical Volume Information Fibre Channel Status Section 11 5 System Information Section 11 6 Statistics Section 11 7 SANWatch User s Manual 11 1 RAID Information Unlike its predecessor SANWatch presents access to all information services under one Array Status category Users logged in using the Information authorization will be allowed to access the information windows while being excluded from other configuration options Support for device monitoring via SAF TE SES and I C data buses i
198. ight 1999 2007 Infortrend Technology Inc x Please read this license agreement before using this software This agreement is a legal binding contract between you Customer and Infortrend Technology Inc Infortrend governing the use of this software YOUR FIRST USE OF THIS SOFTWARE INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE 1 Customer may use SANVVatch Software on a single user computer or a single terminal or workstation of a multi user computer or network 2 Customer may not sublicense assign rent lease or transfer in gt Product Level Professional License Key File License Key File Not Specified SIN 00088405 Generate License Apply File License Key File Download Cancel 1 4 Send the Apply File to your vendor or log in our VIP room website to apply for a trial use You can also directly purchase an official version of Data Service 2 Forasystem that comes with SANWatch compatible firmware e g FW3 61 click on the Activate key button to begin the trial use If you do not want to activate this time click the Cancel button Purchasing and Activating the License Key When the software is attempting access to a specific RAID system the EEPROM serial number S N is acquired as shown in the License Key window above If not you may need to upgrade firmw
199. iguration level access is identical to that configured through the firmware utility for each RAID subsystem For information on how to set a password and other security features see the Password section of Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters Before You Start Chapter 3 Installation This chapter describes SANWatch requirements and the installation procedure The following sections are covered in this chapter System Requirements Section 3 1 page 3 2 3 1 1 Servers Running SANWatch 3 1 2 Local Client Running SANWatch Manager RAID Chart Section 3 2 page 3 4 Platform Requirements Section 3 3 page 3 5 Software Setup Section 3 4 page 3 6 3 4 1 Before You Start 3 4 2 Installing SANWatch on a Windows Platform 3 4 3 Installing SANWatch on a Linux Platform 3 4 4 Installing SANWatch on a Solaris Platform 3 4 5 Installing SANWatch on a Mac OS running Safari Browser 3 4 6 Installing SANWatch 3 4 7 Installing Software Components Stand alone on Host or Subsystem Installation Using Snapshot Data Service Program Updates Section 3 5 page 3 21 In band SCSI Section 3 7 page 3 23 3 7 1 Overview 3 7 2 Related Configuration on Controller Subsystem System Requirements 3 1 SANWatch User s Manual 3 2 3 1 3 1 1 System Requirements The minimum hardware and software requirements for SANWatch are listed below Servers Running SANWatch A se
200. ing the user name 4 27 SANWatch User s Manual i t Step 6 Provide the associated password 4 4 9 SMS Settings SMS is a short for Short Message Service Using this notification method requires a GSM modem SANWatch currently supports two GSM modem models Siemens TC35 WAVECOM Fast Rack M1206 Please contact Infortrend for the complete list of compatible GSM modems Receiver Side To set a cell phone to receive notification messages t Step 1 Open the Module Configuration page Use the Module Name pull down menu to select SMS Message Service Module Config Plugin Current Yalue Status Disable 4 i 1 Retry times 3 H av Current Value Severity Step 2 To create a new SMS notification click the Create button on the upper right of the screen or right click on the lower half of the configuration screen to display the Add SMS Recipient dialog box 428 Event Notification Settings Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Name Short Message Service Disable 4 Severity t Step 3 Enter the Cell Phone Number of the contact who will receive event messages Ml Add SMS receiver xj Cell Phone Murnber Severity F Cancel ki t Step 4 Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver i Step 5 Repeat this process to add more rec
201. ion menu or SANWatch s navigation panel on the left of the GUI screen a o 1 To manage LDs such as to create and set related parameters display the Create Logical Drive window by clicking on the Create Logical Drive icon in the functional navigation panel or clicking on the Action menu items located on top of the screen System Language Window Help Create Logical I anrig J i ce Stellan ll Statistics phic tele SLE ui Logical Drives E iF Maintenance 8 Logical volume q Logical Orive ay ug Logical Volumes 3 Piysical Drin al e Task Sched cha Configuration Parameters E Conhguration Quick Bion T ard i Evisting Logie al Dirwes Eb Create Logical Volume Diiin Bat ey Existing Logical Volumes Stripe Size J Channel fins Hosi LUN Mapping Infialzaton W Configuration Parameter amp Data Service E Enapshal information je Maintain Snapshot 9 Configure Snapshot Figure 9 1 Access to the Create Logical Drive Window ow Step 2 The configuration screen as shown below will appear 9 4 Logical Drive Management Chapter 9 Drive Management Create Logical Drive Front View Selected Members RAID Drive Size MB Stripe Size Initialization 9 2 2 9 2 2 1 Size MB 0 238214 238214 238214 2 238214 238214 RAID Level RAID 6 128K Defautt v Write Policy Default v On Line v OK
202. issesescscsiassslesccesceseneasesedicaseds eaa aae Raroa enS Ea Ea Eao 6 33 6 10 MULTHARRAY MANAGEMENT sisecsssccscstcecssiesussacesssdecsedasascecosteecccssecanssecsodacsssesusese 6 34 CHAPTER 7 CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS 7 1 ACCESSING THE CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS OPTIONS ccccccccccsccccccccccccccces 7 2 7 2 COMMUNICATION Scornen a na araa e Ni Eaa 7 3 7 3 CONTROLLER a a a A a A a A a a rarai 7 4 vi SANWatch User s Manual 7 4 SYSTE N arn E E E EEEE EEEE EAEE 7 6 1S PASSWORD c sbosessctccscsvesdcdcecdecsnecveccusccuesedesdelactecoceccsscodecentuessteatecdosuescendeucetetessossseeseess 7 8 7 6 EIR ESHOED ts sivelstusdeteslassessseasiusauas o e A a a ceva bousiseusssaeds 7 9 7 7 REDUNDANT CONTROLLER SETTINGS ccccssscccccccsssscsccccccccccsccccccccsccccccccccscccccsees 7 10 7 8 EVENT FRIGGERED OPERA TIONS siscessacseaascees cwcesscedsacedas sacceaseesastecuseedeesducetsesatencecs 7 13 7 9 HOST SIDE DRIVE SIDE AND DISK ARRAY PARAMETERS ssssssssssssossosesoesseccoeese 7 13 CHAPTER 8 CHANNEL CONFIGURATION 8 1 CHANNEL CONFIGURATION WINDOW ssssseeessssseeocosssseosoosessooesosseoessoosesooososeseosssse 8 2 8 2 USER CONFIGURABLE CHANNEL PARAMETERS eesssssssoecsssseeesoossecocososeseososssseooo 8 3 Channel Parameters EonStor Series 0 ccccccccccccccccccsssssceccccccessseceecescssesucececesssseeenssess 8 3 Channel Parameters EonStor 1U Controller Head Series 0 00 ccc ceccecccccceeeeee sees 8 4
203. it on ambient temperature is much higher or lower than that on the RAID controller Adjusting the default thresholds can coordinate the controller status monitoring with that of the system enclosure It is not recommended to change the threshold values unless extreme conditions are expected on the installation site Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Redundant Trigger Other Device Mame Current value Min ale Max Value Status Defaut 0 C Default 90 C Defaultl 0 C Default 50 C a 3 3 Value 3 288 V Defaut 29 Defaut 3 6 Ja 54 Value 5019 Default 45 Defaut 5 5 W alk i 124 Value Default 13 2 W Temp within safe range Temp within sate range Voltage within acceptable range Voltage within acceptable range Voltage within acceptable range To change the threshold values on a specific monitored item for example the CPU Temp Sensor right click on the item The Configuration button will prompt Left click on the Configuration button to bring up the threshold window A WARNING The upper or lower thresholds can also be disabled by entering 1 in the threshold field However users who disable the thresholds do this at their own risk The controller s will not report condition warning when the original thresholds are exceeded Threshold 7 9 7 10 Tf SANWatch User s Manual Configuration Parameters Co
204. ives that are manually configured into the array to replace failed drives In the absence of spare drives you will need to use replacement drives to replace defective drives before rebuilding If a spare drive has been used to rebuild the array you will also need to replace the failed drive manually to create another spare in case another drive fails You may also apply Background Information Chapter 2 SANWatch Considerations the Auto Assign Global Spare feature for a new drive to automatically become a Spare drive Failed drives These are physical drives that fail due to some type of error Failed drives appear with a red LED on their respective icons Logical drives Logical drives are the combinations of multiple physical drives Combining physical drives into logical drives gives you a disk array with the protection of a certain RAID level To view logical drives select Existing Logical Drives on the navigation menu tree Logical volumes Volumes are the combinations of several logical drives Combining logical drives into logical volumes gives you a single logical unit with even larger capacity Logical volumes or their partitions are mapped to various host LUNs To view logical volumes select Existing Logical Volumes on the navigation menu tree Snapshot For terms related to Snapshot functionalities please refer to Chapter 15 of this manual 2 3 Operating with Spare Drives You can assign spare
205. k on the lower half of the configuration screen the Add SNMP Receiver dialog box will appear Event Notification Settings 4 17 4 18 SANWatch User s Manual Module Contig Plugin Create Plugin Module Name SNMP trap Status Disable Severity 1 SNMP Local IP av Right click on the lower level of Configuration screen Severity at k t Step 3 Enter the IP addresses of the SNMP agents that will be listening for trap notification in the Add SNMP Receiver dialog box Add SNMP receiver gq xj SMMF receiver IP Severity f i t Step 4 Select the severity level of events that will be sent to the SNMP agent Refer to Section 4 4 2 t Step 5 Repeat this process to add more SNMP agents Event Notification Settings Sender Side Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options From the Module Config window t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 t Step 4 t Step 5 Find the SNMP settings from the pull down list Click on the On Off switch beside the pull down button to enable SNMP traps notification Switched ON Switched OFF Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to enable SNMP traps notification Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver station Provide a valid out port IP that will be used for delivering SNMP traps Usually the default IP detected by the Root Agent will be
206. l Set 0 Device ALENT FEU Sahn Fahre Debeches aun OSS SLES be peripheral Set 0 Device BATIDE FAJL elated Beek Orel F pm Dr 1I REL z SLL SS Lipia Darter PTD Sarea recta E Duona aas bare S808 Logeal Gitet NOTICE Creation of Lipia Ditet Completed a rna 13 38 15 z ATSC IAN Lia raa MOFIDCE Salg Cree iina F TEF 144 Ji Tangat WARN Pety Ces Drar Danita Conboalor Time 202 07 09 13s ooo The enclosure window shown above provides real time reporting of the status of enclosure components including components that can be accessed through the front or the rear side of an enclosure When a drive fails the system highlights the corresponding LED icon of the failed drive by changing its display color When you remove a drive its icon is removed from the enclosure window This feature is particularly useful in cases when a drive fails and you need to identify its exact location for subsequent replacement The enclosure window also appears in other configuration windows showing the logical relationship between the member drives of a logical configuration Drives belonging to the same logical drive will be displayed in the same color This allows you to easily identify members of different RAID configurations The cascaded enclosures are access through a tabbed menu Featured Highlights Chapter 1 Introduction 1 2 3 Powerful Event Notification Lol 4 2 gt 2 123 D 568 Module Contig Plugin Create Plugin
207. lable RAID arrays that are controlled by root agents If the Auto Discovery option is enabled the available RAID arrays will be shown in the Agent List window that is described later in this section To use the Auto Discovery option please refer to Section 4 5 Auto Discovery Start Using SANWatch Manager 6 9 SANWatch User s Manual 6 10 6 3 3 t Step 3 t Step 4 You may select to enable the Secure Sockets Layer SSL security option by a single mouse click on its check box SSL works by using a private key to encrypt data when transmitting private documents and obtain confidential information SSL creates a secure connection between a client and a server over which any amount of data can be sent securely Enter a user name by selecting from the pull down menu Each user name represents an authorized access level Enter a password to proceed Leave it blank if there is no preset password Click the OK button to start the management session Refer to Section 6 4 for the details of the three authorized access levels Using the Agent List Window A unique Agent List window is memorized by the SANWatch Manager to help you search available RAID subsystems that are connected to the network or a specific root agent To use the Agent List window please follow the steps below t Step 1 If you would like to see the available RAID subsystems that are connected to the network or a specific root agent you ma
208. le A detailed description of how to set these options is given as well as brief explanations of the different parameters Chapter 8 Channel Configuration Discusses how to access the I O channel related configuration options and describes in detail the user configurable channel options Instructions on setting the configuration of a channel and how to configure host channel IDs are also discussed Chapter 9 Drive Management This chapter describes the creation expansion and deletion of both logical drives LD and logical volumes LV Different LD and LV options are explained and steps to setting the different options are described in detail A discussion on partitioning LDs and LVs is also found in this chapter Chapter 10 LUN Mapping Discusses how to map complete LDs or separate partitions within LDs and LVs to different LUNs Detailed description of the mapping procedure is given A discussion on how to delete LUN mappings and a description of the LUN Mapping Table are provided All the associated options are also described Part 3 System Monitoring Chapter 11 System Monitoring amp Management Discusses how to obtain the current status of devices monitored through SAF TE IC and S E S interfaces and get updates on the status of storage system components Descriptions on how to access these different monitoring devices are given and the type of information that is offered by these devices is shown xili SANWatch User
209. lead you to its management session t9 Step 5 If you like the system to search the available RAID systems again pull down the System command menu and select Auto Discovery The new search result will be displayed in the Agent List Window Start Using SANWatch Manager gt e SANWatch User s Manual 6 12 PRsAnwatch System Language Window Help Open Device Auto Discovery e atthe target then select command When the system is searching for Root Agents on the network the Auto Discovery option in the System pull down menu will be temporarily disabled Open Device YSU Discover Exit Tee NOTE The Auto Discovery details are described in Chapter 4 Section 4 5 Auto Discovery 6 3 4 Disconnecting and Refreshing a Connection From the System menu select Logout PRsanwatch System Language Window Help Systemi Action Help Refresh ey D Information re Enclosure View ne Tasks Under Process HE Logical Drive Information i a g Logical Yolume Informati oe System Information co IG Statistics A A Maintenance 3 Logical Drives ii 2 Fhwsical Drives Figure 6 3 Ending a Management Session with a Connected Array Select Logout will close the current management session and return to the Outer Shell window If you wish to connect to another RAID array enter its IP address and then click OK to proceed Click Cancel to close the connection prompt and return to the Outer Shell windo
210. level of fault tolerance in case of server failure the Configuration Client can be installed on more than one server As shown below when installing SANWatch using the Advanced Centralized Management scheme a pair of redundant servers can be specified in the installation wizard prompt The configuration is done by specifying IP addresses for a Master Host and a Slave Host W IMPORTANT To make use of the server redundancy feature SANWatch must be manually installed Advanced Installation and then choose Mode 1 installation Centralized Management onto both the Master and Slave hosts The Configuration Client functionality on a stand by Slave host becomes active only when the Master host fails PFfinfortrend SANWatch Setup OT x Select Single or Redundancy Mode of Centralized Management Single C Redundancy Master Host Please input slave host IP here C Redundancy Slave Host Please input masterhostlP here Cancel Before management can be performed on a particular disk array system you need to first establish a connection from your array to the network or a connection between your array and the directly attached server Once a connection is established management can be started Starting SANWatch Agents 6 3 SANWatch User s Manual 6 2 6 2 1 6 4 The following discusses how to connect to a disk array Information on disconnection is provided at the end of this section Starting SANWatch
211. lick OK The LUN mapping should no longer be listed in the LUN Map table After deleting the LUN mapping it no longer appears in the host LUN s E t Step 4 To remove additional LUN mappings repeat the above procedure 10 2 4 LUN Mapping Access Control over iSCSI Initiator Settings For subsystems featuring iSCSI host interfaces an access control list will be available with the host LUN mapping screen The iSCSI Initiator settings allow you to associate or disassociate a specific initiator with specific RAID volumes Two way Mutual CHAP can also be implemented here With the associated settings you can apply access control over iSCSI network for ensuring data security Before configuring One way and Two way CHAP you need to enable the CHAP option in the Configuration Parameters gt Host side Parameters window 10 6 LUN Mapping Chapter 10 LUN Mapping Hest LUR Channel ID R Right click Logical Drive s or Volumea s ILE A TERIBP Sie 71 4b42Me ID 13002500 Sine T14642MB Ie 23949130 Siem Taha 2Me Partitian s of LO 406902 Step 1 To access the iSCSI initiator settings menu right click on the iSCSI Initiator column to bring out the configuration menu shown above and below WP iSCSI Initiator Setting Add iSCSI Initiato Alias Marne Host ION fon 1991 05 commicrosottaMt OTmwoiqu r ser Mame l User Password Target Mame oOo Target Password
212. lick on an array icon displays two 2 options Sad Central Management System Help i l 1 E o 1 a Root agent IF Px Root agent IF esti Root agent rea Root agent IF l l 1 l System name RAID agent IF Connect Event log Connecting the RAID subsystems 1 A single click on the Connect command establishes a SANWatch console with the RAID subsystem 2 A single click on the Event log command displays a list of system events Maintenance amp Configuration 14 5 SANWatch User s Manual Filter and export log gJ Event List a r Tame Time UU 5 1 1 3 11 6 A 2005 12 02 13 11 30 CHL 2 I mmmn ae Saoile a text file fe A right click on the event list displays two 2 event log related options the Event Log Filter and the Event Export commands Event View Option ist descending 4th descending Sth descending vent Type Controller Event Drive Event Host Event LO LY Event System Event Severity of the Event Warning Information Critical Time Interval From First Event Ta Last Event VADB 4 76 Ph TADB 4 16 Fh The Event log filter option allows you to filter events based on various criteria The same functionality can also be found in SANWatch s system view window 14 6 Maintenance amp Configuration Chapter 14 Central Management Utility The Event Export command allows you to save the event lis
213. logical drive from the enclosure view on the left Click Next to move to the next screen Click Finish to complete the configuration process A manual rebuild function is also available here if a failed drive has just been replaced A logical drive composed in a non redundancy RAID level NRAID or RAID 0 does not support spare drive rebuild The Maintenance Category Copy and Replace Logical drives can be expanded by copying and replacing the member drives with drives of higher capacity The data blocks or parity data on an array member is copied onto a new drive and then the original member can be removed Once all members are replaced by larger drives the added capacity will appear as a new logical partition NOTE that to perform the Copy and Replace function you must have an unused drive slot for the replacement drive e g by temporarily disabling a Spare drive Clone a system administrator can also choose to manually perform the Clone Failing Drive function on an individual disk drive Reserved Space The 256MB reserved space can be removed from a disk drive once a drive member is excluded from a logical drive The reserved space a space formatted with a micro file system can be manually removed from a used drive 6 25 SANWatch User s Manual 6 26 Identify Drive Use this function to identify a drive on the subsystem Administrations can identify an individual drive in a configuration
214. lot Size ME 15 194220 Add Disk Add Local Spare Disk Step 1 Select the logical drive you wish to expand from the LD list on top of the GUI screen Logical Drive Management 9 9 SANWatch User s Manual 9 10 Step 2 Select the Add Disk tab to display the content panel Step 3 Select one or more drives you wish to add to the logical drive by a single mouse click from the Front View window When a drive is selected its status is displayed in the Add Disk content panel t Step 4 The Add Disk panel has two functional buttons Add Disk and Add Local Spare Disk Click on the Add Disk button to include new members into the array t Step 5 The Add Disk process should immediately begin You may check the add drive progress in the Tasks Under Process window 9 2 3 3 Accessing the Expand Command page To access the Expand command page select a logical drive and click on the Expand tab under the Functions window Functions Properties Add Disk E pand Migrate Logical Drives Available Expand Size 152367 MB Expand Size i 52367 Execute Expand ontine On Line wana Available Expansion Size MB If there is an amount of unused capacity in a logical drive the LD can be expanded If there is no amount present in the text box then the LD cannot be expanded Set Expansion Size A value can be entered in this text box if an amount is shown in the Expand Size text box The value entere
215. ly adjusted especially when the event triggered operation has been configured For example if a cooling module fails the subsystem firmware automatically switches caching mode to the conservative Write through Periodic Cache Flush Time This option allows you to select the desired interval for the subsystem to flush cached data This applies especially with subsystems that come without BBU support Controller Parameters Controller Name 7 4 Controller System Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters A manually entered nickname for the RAID controller This name can also be used to recognize a RAID subsystem in an environment where multiple RAID subsystems reside Unique Identifier HEX This is a MUST for subsystem configuration especially for those with dual controllers or Fibre host ports The unique ID is integrated as unique Fibre Channel node name and port names In the event of controller failover and failback this ID helps host side initiators to identify a RAID subsystem Time Zone GMT GMT Greenwich Mean Time is used with a 24 hour clock To change the clock to your local time zone select a time from the drop down menu Choose the hour later than the Greenwich Mean Time following a plus sign For example enter 9 for Japan s time zone Date Time Enter time and date in their numeric representatives in the following order month day hour minute and the year When preferences have been s
216. me creation 9 3 1 Accessing the Create Logical Volume Window Logical Volumes are created in the Create Logical View window which can be accessed either from the navigation panel icon or the command menu on the software menu bar oc Step 1 To create Logical Volumes display the Create Logical Volume window by clicking on the associated icon in the GUI s navigation panel or the command in the Action menu bar Wi sanwatch System Language Window Help Li System Acton Help Informati n gt Maintenance Create Logical Quid Installation b Cragge Logical Drive ives TI Logical Volur Sting Logical Dries Teate iF PO Size E Sysiem lnfor PR oe Oa aT a Statistics iir m OT Mainianance ae anpra T Logical pe Configuration Parameters y Phys Drives EH Tasochedulas iy Contigukation Quik Installation J Incl ladon Wizard pi j Logica Dries tal Orie EET aan TE creata Logi me Eo Existing Logical Volumes j Channel E Host LUN Mapping E Configuration Parameter Z Ez Data Semice 7 j Gaanekha irlar rot i I gt i 7 2007 0 i 4 E 4 E ji j 2007 0 Figure 9 7 Accessing the Create Logical Volume Window 9 20 Logical Volume Management Chapter 9 Drive Management i Step 2 The Create Logical Volume window will appear System Information gin Create Logical Volume lal Statistics T
217. me of an event occurred by viewing the Time column A notice of an action begin complete or S Information status change of the RAID system This is a warning message that an event A Warning happened that may cause damage to the system A critical condition happened SANWatch EK Critical program strongly suggest you to check your system immediately Table 11 2 Severity Level Icons The Event log list function allows you to export the logs to a text file and the event log filter option enable users to easily filter stores of log files for specific event logs and then view filter export and report on the events of interest To export or filter the event logs right click on the event log list window Three selections will appear on the screen You may select Export all logs to a text file Event log filter option or Event log clear option e Export All Logs to a Text File This option will export all logs start from the time you accessed the RAID system to a text file You may select a location where you like to save the file in a Save window If you like to export any specific events set the Event log Filter option before export the logs to a text file e Event Log Filter Option When you click this option an Event View Option window will prompt up Enclosure View 11 6 Chapter 11 System Monitoring and Management Event iew Option xX 1st Norn descending 2nd fion descending ard
218. mmunication Controller System Password Threshold Redundant T Device Name Current Value Min Value Max CPU Temp Sensor 375G Defaut 0 C Default 9C Board Temp Sensor 35 0C Defaut ea Default aC 3 3V Value 3 288 v Detaut 29V Defaut 3 5 Value S019 IDefault 45V Default 5 12 Value 12 077 Y Defaut 10 8 Y Detault 12 Threshold x CPU Temp Sensor Lower Threshold from 0 to 20 fol Upper Threshold from 50 to 100 90 Disabled setto 1 Apply Default Cancel You may then enter a value in either the lower or upper threshold field NOTE If a value exceeding the safety range is entered an error message will prompt and the new parameter will be ignored Click Apply for the configuration change to take effect Click Default to restore the default values for both thresholds Click Cancel to cancel this action and go back to the Threshold page in the Configuration Parameters window Redundant Controller Settings This sub window contains configuration options related to redundant controller configurations This Redundant page only displays if your controller subsystem comes with dual redundant RAID controllers Redundant Controller Settings Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Redundant Trigger Other Redundant Controller Communication Channel SATA Channel
219. n Enclosure View To begin using the Data Service click on Help one on the management console with a RAID system not that on the outer shell window and the About button to display the License key window SANWatch comes with a 30 days trial period for its Data Service functionality After the 30 days trial you should proceed with purchasing the software to continue the use of the Data Service Snapshot functionality x amp Infortrend SANWatch d i SANVYatch 1 0 a Copyright 1999 2007 Infortrend Technology Inc Please read this license agreement before using this software This agreement is a legal binding contract between you Customer and Infortrend Technology Inc Infortrend governing the use of this software YOUR FIRST USE OF THIS SOFTWARE INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE 1 Customer may use SANYVatch Software on a single user computer or a single terminal or workstation of a multi user computer or network 2 Customer may not sublicense assiqn rent lease or transfer in gt Product Level Professional License Key File License Key File Not Specified SiN 00088405 Generate License Apply File i License Key File Download Cancel Start Using SANWatch Manager 6 7 SANWatch User s Manual For a trial use proceed with one of the following
220. n advance Would you like to install Java based GUI RAID Manager now Please type yes or no Y Software Setup 3 9 SANWatch User s Manual 3 4 5 3 10 Installing SANWatch on a Mac OS Running Safari Browser Enabling Root Access SANWatch installation onto a Macintosh machine running Safari browser requires you to enable the root account first The Mac OS ships with the root account disabled as an intentional security feature to avoid problems that could arise from casual use of root access Enabling Disabling the root access requires administrative privileges You will need to know the password for the Admin account first If the Admin password is not available you may reboot from an installation CD and find the menu item for Password Reset S NOTE You may temporarily disconnect your Mac machine from the network during the time you use the root account to complete specific configuration task Unauthorized access during the time can cause problems to your OS Remember to re connect the cabling after SANWatch installation To enable the root access t Step 1 Login in using the Admin account Step 2 Locate the GO menu from Mac OS X s finder menu bar access the Utilities folder to start the NetInfo Manager application Finder File Edit View Computer Home Network iDisk Applications Utilities Recent Folders Go to Folder Connect to Server
221. n commands into supported SCSI commands and uses them to communicate with RAID arrays over the existing SCSI or Fibre host connections The traditional way for controllers to communicate with the host computer has been via software such as SANWatch using an Ethernet connection With in band commands integrators have more flexibility and may use the existing host connection instead There are limitations on the use of in band protocols For example in order for a host to see the RAID controller subsystem at least one 1 logical drive must exist and be associated with host ID LUNs Otherwise the RAID controller subsystem itself must be configured to appear as a peripheral device to the host computers See the examples below for the procedures on configuring RAID controller subsystems into a peripheral device Related Configuration on Controller Subsystem The RAID controller or subsystem must make some adjustments as well as the host computer s SNMP settings before the two can communicate using SCSI commands You can use the RS 232 terminal utility to change the RAID controller settings t Step 1 From the Main Menu press the Up or Down buttons to select View and Edit Configuration Parameters t Step 2 Press Enter and then use the Up or Down keys to select Host side SCSI Parameters Then press Enter 3 23 SANWatch User s Manual 3 24 The Peripheral Device Type Parameters submenu also needs to be adjus
222. n window provides the configuration of a configured volume The Logical Volume Information window includes three sub windows Logical Volume Status Member Logical Drive s and Related Information A Logical Volume Status Size MB Member Logical Drive s D 689768 Size 76058MB NRAID Partition s of LY 1869F0A4 PO Related Information Description E A 7 LG 1 NOTICE CHL 2 ID 37 Starting Media Scan Primary in slot A 68EC876B 20044046 10 15 23 LG 1 NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 2 ID 37 Completed Primary in slot 4 BSEC876B 2004106 10 13 01 Figure 6 12 Logical Volume Information Fibre Channel Status Window The Fibre Channel Status window displays information on the Fibre host channel ID connection speed host side connection protocols topology link status WWPN port name and WWNN node name loop IDs and Fibre Channel address The corresponding icon turns gray and is disabled if SANWatch operates with a SCSI or iSCSI host subsystem This information is useful when configuring a subsystem for a heterogeneous environment such as a storage network operating with multiple hosts and applications J Fibre Channels Channel 0 Host Fibre iD Speed Channel 1 Host Fibre ID 101 102 108 109 99 100 110 111 Speed Channel Status Topology Loop Speed Link Status Link Down WWPN Port Name 210000D023F00233 WW NN Node Name 200000D023F00233 Loop ID Refresh Figure 6 13
223. na kss 4 Figure 15 1 Snapshots throw hy a Time te ices secon ash sca cus casy see aed E ts E aa aeeaeres 1 Figure 15 2 Snapshot Relevant Directory Architecture ccccsessccccceeeeesesceeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeees 3 Figure 15 3 License Key Application Procedure cccssccccccscsssessssecccccecessssesesncceeseeessseeees 4 Figure 15 4 The Intermediate RAID Agents on a Direct attached Server ccessseeeeeeeees 9 Figure 15 5 Snapshot General Configuration Process cccccccssssssceceeeeseeessneeeeecesseesseeeeeeees 14 Figure 15 6 Array Space Allocation in Snapshot Application cccsssccccesssseceeseneeeeesenees 16 Figure 15 7 Exemplary RAID and Snapshot Configuration Drawing c c ssssceceeceeeeees 18 Figure 15 8 Snapsiot Image Mapped to Host ID LUN Data Retrieval eeeeeeeees 24 Figure 5 92 Snapshot Purse PolCar E E E 28 Figure 15 10 Snapshot Prune Poley x resccracscoeidacesaestecadestacicmesvarh oa tiuaetanteb dent maineatastadeiacseteeoges 29 Figure 15 11 Purge Policy on One of the Snapshot Sets cecececeeeeeeeecececececeeeeeeees 30 Feur C E Non RA LD Storage sic ea E ae ddbreleseantnee Masel 14 Picure C RAIDO Stra ce sera OE E EE E EE 14 Foure RAIDS O E en a a Orono 15 Fiure CaA RAID NORI Stora E na E EE 16 Feu Con RAID A SO E E E 17 Feur CoO RAID SSO Oe i E E O 17 Fure CA RAIDO SONTE oeenn e E TEE REE EEE 18 Figure D 1 SANWatch Uninstallation Program eeeesseesee
224. nable amount of individual storage volumes in case your snapshots take up too much storage space and use it up too quickly Logical partitions are more convenient in planning space allocation There are two reasons for this 1 Reconfiguring a RAID configuration e g reconfiguring a logical drive requires moving data deleting and re creating an existing logical drive 2 Although an Infortrend RAID enclosure can contain up to 16 or 24 disk drives there is actually a limited number of logical drives especially if you are using the high redundancy RAID level such as RAID6 Two parity disks are required for each RAID6 array and the usable disk space will thus be compromised Using RAID partitioning is not a must however you are given more elbow room with planning your storage space 1 You may create one or two source volumes two logical drives which serve as the production volumes those that service host I Os 2 You may use another logical drive partition it and use one of the partitions to contain the snapshot images of the two source volumes 3 You may reserve some of the RAID partitions for future expansion Snapshot Containers can be expanded using the unused partitions just in case the amount of updates exceeds your original expectation AN eve vr Ten S Production volumes eiia Sai Logical drive LDO gt Snapshot container lt Logical drive LD1 Reserved volume RAID Partitions
225. napshot related information for a specific source volume Snapshot Image SI Snapshot images keep block level differentials of the data overwritten by host writes since the time a snapshot was taken for a specific source volume Snapshot Maintenance Snapshots should be properly managed for the optimal use of disk Space and backup efficiency Various commands Purge amp Prune policies are available for maintaining efficient snapshot directories by removing outdated images configuration and or acquiring more Snapshot space by expanding an existing Snapshot Container Snapshot Basics Snapshot Container Create View Recovery Delete Expand Set Space Threshold Snapshot Set Create View Recovery Delete Purge Policy Delete Policy Map to Host Snapshot Image Create View Delete Map to Host Snapshot Volume Expansion Snapshot Containers can be expanded by joining in another RAID volume e g a partition of a 15 3 SANWatch User s Manual 15 2 logical drive After a period of time you may gradually use up the storage space allocated for the container volume If you have unused disk space an independent array or logical partition you may combine the space with an existing Snapshot Container Configuration Process Using the SANWatch License Login iD IMPORTANT A Profession version of 30 day trail is available without downloading the license key See the following section for how to activat
226. ndow A selected drive is displayed in the same color as the logical drive to which it will be added To deselect a drive click again on the selected drive The slot number and drive size information will also be reflected accordingly through a drive list on the right Select a Stripe Size Choose different stripe size may affect the performance of RAID subsystem Base on the applications users should choose a best fit stripe size to achieve the best data transfer rate The following stripe sizes are available 16KB 32KB 64KB 128KB 256KB 512KB or 1024KB A default stripe size is pre selected Select a stripe size but note that stripe size arrangement has a tremendous effect on RAID subsystem performance Changing stripe size is only recommended for experienced users Stripe size defaulted to this menu is determined by the subsystem Optimization mode and the RAID level selected Logical Drive Management Chapter 9 Drive Management Set a Drive Size In the Drive Size MB input box displays the maximum drive size of the smallest member Decreasing this value can create a smaller logical drive The remainder can be used later by expanding the drive as explained in Section 9 2 3 3 9 2 3 6 Migration Process To initiate the LD expansion follow these steps Step 1 Once the LD migration parameters have been set to the desired values click the Migrate LD button at the bottom of the Migrate Logical Drives page t Step
227. new partition must be mapped to a host ID LUN in order for the HBA host bus adapter to see it Adding Spare Drives You can assign spare drives to a logical drive to serve as backups for failed drives In the event of a drive failure the spare drive will be automatically configured into the array and reconstruction or rebuilding will immediately commence Multiple spare drives can co exist in an enclosure however this configuration is rarely used due to its high cost and the uncommon occurrences of drive failures A practical configuration calls for one spare drive per logical drive After a failed drive is rebuilt replace the failed drive and then configure the replacement as the new spare drive Adding a spare drive can be done automatically by selecting the RAID 1 Spare RAID 3 Spare RAID 5 Spare or RAID 6 Spare option from Logical Drive Management Chapter 9 Drive Management the logical drive RAID Level selection dialog box during the initial configuration process These options apply to RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 5 and RAID 6 levels respectively 9 2 5 1 Accessing the Spare Drive Management Screen To open the Spare Drive Management screen please follow these steps t Step 1 Select the logical drive to which you wish to add a dedicated spare from the list of the logical drives above In the Functions window click the Maintain Spare tab The functional window is accessed from the Physical Drives window as s
228. nt Section Allocated snapshot operation Global Attribute Snapshot Status G Snapshot Information Global Attribute Global Attribute Professional Maximum number of Snapshot Container oO No Limit Snapshot container extend support l Ves a Maximum number of active image supported per set 4 28 Maximum number of active image per System 0 Maximum number of image that can be mapped 1 28 Maximum number of source volumes supported per System 0 Snapshot policy support Yes The Global Attribute window generally reflects the capabilities and limitations of your SANWatch version either Express or the Professional version The Install button on the upper right initiates the License Key application window when you need to upgrade SANWatch Data Service functionality Data Service Shows whether your SANWatch supports the Express or Support Level Professional level of Snapshot functionalities The Professional level supports automated snapshot prune and the Snapshot Scheduler functionality Maximum number of The maximum number of Snapshot Containers snapshot container Snapshot container Shows whether your SANWatch support Snapshot Container extend support expansion Maximum number of The maximum number of active images per Snapshot Set active image supported per set Maximum number of The maximum number of active images per RAID system active image per System Maximum number of The maximum number of images that
229. nt Severity Levels 4 4 3 Enabling Notification Functions The Configuration Client Utility 3 1 4 2 4 1 4 1 1 SANWatch User s Manual 4 4 4 SNMP Traps Settings 4 4 5 Email Settings 4 4 6 LAN Broadcast Settings 4 4 7 Fax Settings 4 4 8 MSN Settings 4 4 9 SMS Settings Auto Discovery Section 4 5 page 4 31 Event Severity Levels Section 4 6 page 4 33 4 6 1 Level 1 Severity Events Examples 4 6 2 Level 2 Severity Events Examples 4 6 3 Level 3 Severity Events example Event Log Display Section 4 7 page 4 35 The Configuration Client Utility Start the Configuration Client Program If the Centralized Management option was selected during the installation process outlined in Chapter 2 the Root Agent driver associated agents and Configuration Client utilities will be installed onto your computer Centralized management in a multi RAID environment is achieved through the Configuration Client utility To access the Configuration Client interface please do the following t Step 1 Open the directory in which the SANWatch management software was installed The directory was selected during the installation process and the default access route was named Infortrend Inc t Step 2 If you are using a Windows operating environment you may start the Configuration Client by double clicking on The Configuration Client Utility Chapter 4 Configuration Client
230. ntered on yet another drive during the rebuild process the block LBA Logical Block Address of those bad blocks will be shown If rebuild is carried out under this situation rebuild will continue with the unaffected sectors salvaging the majority of the stored data There are two options with performing the Media Scan The Maintenance Category 6 23 SANWatch User s Manual Operation Priority determines how much of the system resources will be used for the drive scanning and recalculating process Operation Mode determines how many times the scan is performed If set to continuous the scan will run in the background continuously until it is stopped by a user The system can automatically perform a Media Scan according to a preset task schedule For more details please refer to Section 6 7 3 Regenerate Parity If no verifying method is applied to data writes this function can often be performed to verify parity blocks of a selected array This function compares and recalculates parity data to correct parity errors NOTE The function is available for logical drive with parity protection one that is configured to RAID level 1 3 5 and 6 Rebuild To manually rebuild a logical drive When this feature is applied the controller will first examine whether there is any Local Spare assigned to the logical drive If yes it will automatically start to rebuild If there is no Local Spare available the cont
231. ntroller When RAID arrays are equally assigned to the partner controllers workload can be shared between the RAID controllers 4dd LUN Map to Slot 4 Add LUN Map to Slot B Options with Controller A or Controller B ID System Action E Z Information Chanel sss Enclosure view a a an x Channel 0 Host Fibre Speed 2 GHz Parameters ID Chip Information FRERSETACEROROREE Channel 1 Host Fibre Speed Logical Drive Information Ey Channel 2 Drive Fibre Speed 2 GHz FB Logical volume information Channel 3 RCCOM Fibre Speed 2 GHz ty Channel 4 Drive Fibre Speed 2 GHz 3 Channel 5 RCCOM Fibre Speed 2 GHz Gl Fibre Channel Status E system Information yl Statistics E Eef Maintenance Logical Drives i E Physical Drives i E Task Schedules Es Configuration Quick Installation Pas Installation Wizard a Create Logical Drive 4 Existing Logical Drives Create Logical Volume ee Existing Logical Volumes s zn Host LUN Mapping ta Configuration Parameters w i 4 w The Channel Window where you manually add or remove a channel ID t Step 4 After selecting a RAID controller whose host ID will be used in the following process the LUN Map Setting window appears as shown below Accessing the LUN Map Table 10 3 SANWatch User s Manual PF Add new LUN to host a LUN Map Setting r Channel ID s SCSI ID s 112
232. nu that can be Configuration Client User Interface Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options triggered by right clicking a Root Agent icon Right click on the Root Agent server to show a selection menu See Figure 4 2 These commands on the selection menu allow you to remove a Root Agent entry to connect disconnect or refresh the current connectivity status The Connection View window automatically updates when an array is turned on or off and automatically prompts you for a status change e g a managed array once disconnected is now connected When Root Agent Server is When Root Agent Server is Disconnected Delete Host Connect Disconnect Generate Dummy Event ReTesh Connected Delete Host Connect Disconnect Generate Dummy Evert Refresh Figure 4 2 Connection The Right click Menus Delete Host Delete the Root Agent Server by selecting this command Connect Select this command to connect your computer to the Root Agent Server Disconnect To disconnect the Root Agent Server from your computer select this command Generate Dummy Event You can also generate simulated events to test the notification functions once you have configured any or all of the notification methods Refresh Refresh the connection between your computer and the Root Agent Server 4 2 4 Module Configuration Window The Module Config panel contains pull down menus that allow access to create o
233. o Revision History May 30 2007 Initial release Chapter 1 Introduction This chapter provides information about the SANWatch management program The following topics are discussed in this chapter SANWatch Overview Section 1 1 page 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description 1 1 2 SANWatch Versions Featured Highlights Section 1 2 page 1 3 1 2 1 Graphical User Interface 1 2 2 Enclosure View 1 2 3 Powerful Event Notification 1 2 4 Java based Remote Management Conceptual Foundation Section 1 3 page 1 11 SANWatch Overview 1 3 1 Centralized Management Agent based Installation 1 3 2 Stand alone on Host Installation 1 3 3 Stand alone on Subsystem Installation 1 2 SANWatch User s Manual 1 1 SANWatch Overview 1 1 1 Product Description Infortrend s innovated RAID manager SANWatch is a Java based program specifically designed for use in managing Infortrend s RAID subsystems SANWatch provides a user friendly interface that graphically represents disk array elements and simplifies the normally complicated process of array configuration SANWatch also provides real time reporting on the status of the entire array thus making the task of monitoring disk arrays virtually effortless SANWatch complements the on board console interface found on Infortrend s RAID controllers and a line of host based text mode RAID Managers that provide the same functionality but with greater ease of use
234. ome with an LED panel Service LED for RAID JBOD subsystems The service LED can be enabled by SANWatch management software from a remote site to identify which subsystem is being serviced The corresponding subsystem LED will also be lighted in the SANWatch GUI Pressing the service button on the subsystem can also enable the service LED Enclosure Display Chapter 12 Enclosure Display Enclosure View RAID JBOD Top of LED Front Panel Information Summary Device Controller CPU PPCYSOFX Cache 256MB ECC DDR Firmware 3 5156 13 Bootrecorc Mis Channel mT Channel Channel 1 Host Fibre Speed l Logical Drive 0 7B6C5800 MRAID 3481 2MB E anical Drive Iram AACA RAD 1 140NMA Channel 0 Host Fibre Speed Figure 12 4 Service LEDs After servicing the subsystem the administrator should turn off this service LED by manually pressing the service button on the chassis or remotely using the SANWatch management software 12 4 Enclosure View Messages The messages shown in the Enclosure View window provide easy access to information about components of a RAID enclosure that is being monitored The message tag reports the status of major devices Enclosure View RAID JBOD ChI 2 1D 113 S Redundant Controller is Scanning BBU Disable Fan 0 functioning normally Fan 1 functioning normally Fan 2 functioning normally Fan 3 functioning normally Size MB 760
235. omplete the installation process You should click No locate and click on the Finish button on SANWatch s installer screen and then reboot your system later System Settings Change P You must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect e Do you want to restart your computer now Software Setup Chapter 3 Installation Installation has completed The SAN atch program was installed successfully on your computer Click Finish to exitthe setup window 3 4 8 Stand alone on Host or Subsystem Installation s Setup IP or Hostname of the Controller where applets to install 1 loj x Input the IP of controller where applets to install IF or HostMarme Controller Pass yor t Step 1 As shown above enter the IP address or the host name of the RAID controller subsystem and the controller password in their respective fields The default for the controller subsystem IP or password is blank The preset IP and password should have been properly configured using other configuration utilities before proceeding with the SANWatch installation Once the IP or host name and the controller password have been entered click on the Next button If you do not wish to proceed with the installation process select the Stop button If Software Setup 3 19 SANWatch User s Manual you wish to re select the installation options then select the Back button Uninstall All installed components
236. on 20 0 eeeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeees 17 Figure 4 4 Adding Email Notification ccccccccssssssescccccesesssseseecccecesssssseeacceceseessseenesseeeeees 20 Fiure S The Root Agent Eistee noro e cates E O E NA 33 Figure 6 1 SANWatch Shortcuts on Windows Startup Menu ccsscccceesesseceeeesssteeeceeeeenes 4 Figure 6 2 SANWatch Shortcut on Windows Desktop cccccccccssseeceeesseeceeseseeceeeeeenneeeeeeeaaees 4 Figure 6 3 Ending a Management Session with a Connected Array cccssscccceeesnteeeeeeeees 13 Figure 6 4 GUL Screen Elements ori a E E N E N 15 Figure 6 5 Command Men Bareer aoei a E O 16 Fig re 6 6 Outer Shell Commands rerni a aa a E 16 Figure 6 7 Management Window CommandsS ssesseseesssessessseseesssesresssesresssssreessssrressssereses 17 Figure 6 8 Accessing Information Commands ccccccecessseceeceseseeceeeeseneeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeas 18 Fig re 6 9 Enclosure View Wain OW 2 essen sendeseranty ENER EE O ERRE 19 Figure 6 10 Task Stats Wind W crnesenianreone eaa e i E A 19 Figure 6 115 Logical Drive information seserian cues e a E Aa 20 Figure 6 12 Logical Volume Information srera N r EE N E 20 Figure 6 13 Fibre Channel Status Window sesinde seiren a E E 21 Figure 6 14 System Information Window ccccssccccessseseeeceeeseeceeeeseneeeeceeseaececesesneaeeseneeaees 21 Figure 6 15 Performance Statistics WIndOW ccccccssscccccsseseceeeeseeeceeseneeeeceeseeeeee
237. on category provides access to seven display windows as listed below ton eseription OoOo Icon for the Array Information category Opens the Enclosure View window Displays the Configuration Tasks currently being processed by the subsystem Table 11 1 Array Information Icons Date and Time Once date and time has been configured on your subsystem they are displayed on the bottom right corner of the manager s screen Description Controller Time 2007 03 25 23 37 00 00 Maintaining the system date and time is important because it is used for tracking a pending task past events configuring a maintenance task schedule etc Date and time are generated by the real time clock on the RAID controller subsystems 13 S RAID Information SANWatch User s Manual 11 2 Enclosure View Enclosure View The Enclosure View window displays both the front and the rear views of connected enclosures For the EonStor subsystems SANWatch displays drive trays in the front view and system modules power supplies cooling modules etc in the rear view For the EonRAID controllers SANWatch displays FC port modules and LEDs in the front view powers supplies cooling modules and controller modules display in the rear view If multiple enclosures are cascaded and managed by a RAID subsystem SANWatch defaults to the display of RAID enclosures and the graphics of the cascaded JBODs which can be accessed
238. only available in Firmware revision 3 47 or above 7 5 Password To configure different levels of the Access authorization Password select the Password page from the Configuration Parameter window Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Redundant Trigger Other Maintenance password Configuration password New Password New Password Confirm Password Confirm Password OK OK Maintenance Password Users logging in using the Maintainance Password will be able to access the first two configuration categories Information and Maintenance You may set the Maintenace Password here and click OK for the change to take effect Configuration Password Users logging in using the Configuration Password have full access to all configuration options A super user has the right to access all three configuration categories on the navigation tree You may set the Configuration Password here and click OK for the change to take effect Password Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters 7 6 Threshold To access the event threshold options click the Threshold page in the Configuration Parameters window This window allows you to change the preset values on thresholds used to monitor the condition of the RAID controller unit s in your subsystem For example these threshold values can be changed if the controller operates in a system enclosure where the upper or lower lim
239. oping disk drives and software systems that automatically monitor a disk drive s health and report potential problems Ideally this should allow users to take proactive actions to prevent impending disk crashes The Short Message Service SMS is the ability to send and receive text messages to and from mobile telephones SMS was created and incorporated into the Global System for Mobiles GSM digital standard Spares are defined as dedicated Local Global or Enclosure specific A Spare is a drive designation used in RAID systems for drives that are not used but are instead hot ready and used to automatically replace a failed drive RAIDs generally support two types of spare Local and Global Local Spares only replace drives that fail in the same logical drive Global Spares replace any faulty drive in the RAID configuration An Enclosure spare replaces only a faulty drive within the same enclosure Glossary Glossary Appendices Stripe A contiguous region of disk space Stripes may be as small as one sector or may be composed of many contiguous sectors Striping Also called RAID 0 A method of distributing data evenly across all drives in an array by concatenating interleaved stripes from each drive Stripe Size A k a chunk size The smallest block of data read from or written to a physical drive Modern hardware implementations let users tune this block to the typical access patterns of the most common s
240. ormatio J hide a E Maintenance E Infodmati Logical Drives Co TEATE Wea LT Nwe Lil Statistics ga F 5 T Maintenance SE T LogicalD Bxisting Logical Volumes F Pmi orim Channel ogical Drive fron fr Ek Schedu pe eee ck Cornmouration Buick Installation m ation Wizard reale Logical Drive BEE 2 Create Logical Volume a Existing Logical Volumes Channel E Host LUN Mapping Ci Configuration Parameter 9 Data Serice a Snapshot information ae Maintain Snapshot id Configure Snapshot 4 gt 2007 05 16 13 3 il 3 2007 05 16 14 0 Figure 9 2 Accessing the Existing Logical Drives Window On the Existing Logical Drives window the LDs that have previously been created appear in the Logical Drives panel Logical Drives 1D RAID Level Size MB Stripe Size KB Status 128 RAID 6 2000 Good amp 5A1A1E15 Click to select a logical drive from the list above Front View Functions RAID Properties add Disk Expand Migrate Logical Drives Write Policy Default v Name Apply From the list shown above select the LD for which you wish to change its characteristics Once selected its members will be highlighted in the Front View sub window In the Functions window several function tabs e g Properties Add Disk Expand etc will appear 9 8 Logical Drive Management Chapter 9 Drive Managem
241. ot Set 7324708067 34874 Take Snapshot 73dcbac 7466e946 Z Take Snapshot 2007 05 22 02 10 04 Snapshot Set 732f470806734874 Take Snapshot 6f2d999477e206f0 Take Snapshot 2007 05 22 03 10 04 Snapshot Set 732F470806734874 Take Snapshot 683c10a43120F534 ST ake Snapshot 2007 05 22 04 10 04 Snapshot Set 732470806734874 Take Snapshot 2a20aba536996785 Take Snapshot 2007 05 22 05 10 04 Snapshot Set SeF4 70806734874 Take Snapshot 14fd9a9923f1ea35 Take Snapshot 2007 05 22 06 10 04 Paa Set 732f4 70806734874 Take Snapshot 2aae70004arb6sbs ETake Snapshot 2007 05 22 07 10 05 Snapshot Set 732f470806734874 Take Snapshot 4640dec045556ff7 ElTake Snapshot 2007 05 22 08 10 04 Snapshot Set 732f470806734874 Take Snapshot 41cba48d4e59e227 ETake Snapshot 2007 05 22 09 10 04 Snapshot Set 732f4708006734874 Take Snapshot 3012a52e6eb1c34f E Take Snapshot 2007 05 22 10 10 05 Snapshot Set 732f470806734874 Take Snapshot 502cebad c0b5564 Take Snapshot 2007 05 22 20 50 03 Snapshot Set 3aad8d4f4ffdadf4 Take Snapshot 69a924e177c9fbza The Schedule Event Log is opened by clicking its check circle The event log displays a history of snapshots taken or pruned by the Scheduler utility 15 38 Snapshot Scheduler amp Prune Policy Configuration Appendices This chapter details the following Command Summary Appendix A page App 2 A 1 Menu Commands A 2 SANWatch Program Commands A 3 Configuration Client Utility Commands Glossary
242. ot agent is installed on a computer chosen to be the management center Figure I 4 shows a typical connection and Table 1 2 shows the modules installed in each installation mode Featured Highlights Chapter 1 Introduction Installation Software Modules Mode One Management Center Root Agent Configuration Client Event Notification utility Mode Two RAID Servers servers A B and C via in band connections Mode Three RAID agents in RAID arrays Console evoked by a browser Java Runtime Required for a browser access Table 1 2 Software Modules with Different SANWatch Installations RAIDWatch in DAS Environment Independent Server E Server F Remote Browser hh eT ay ator Seapets me gt _ Server A Management Station g y i AI Agents on Server or Agents on RAID Root Agent RAID Agents Notifications Configuration Client Figure 1 4 Typical SANWatch Connection Heterogeneous 2 Using a Workstation as the Configuration Client machine Applied in an environment where RAID servers are not the management stations Access management over the network is directed through exchanges between a remote manager station and SANWatch agents that are installed to array hard drives using the Mode Three installation scheme Installing the Configuration Client and Root Agent onto a management station enables Event Notification Installing Configura
243. our 1GB drives in this way would create a single logical drive with a total disk capacity of 4GB Disk spanning is considered non RAID due to the fact that it provides neither redundancy nor improved performance Disk spanning is inexpensive flexible and easy to implement however it does not improve the performance of the drives and any single disk failure will result in total data loss App 13 SANWatch User s Manual 2GB Hard Drive 3GB Hard Drive 1GB Hard Drive 2GB Hard Drive 2 3 1 2 8 GB Logical Drive Logical Drive Re Figure C 1 Non RAID Storage C 3 RAIDO RAID 0 implements block striping where data is broken into logical blocks and striped across several drives Although called RAID 0 this is not a true implementation of RAID because there is no facility for redundancy In the event of a disk failure data is lost In block striping the total disk capacity is equivalent to the sum of the capacities of all drives in the array This combination of drives appears to the system as a single logical drive RAID 0 provides the highest performance without redundancy It is fast because data can be simultaneously transferred to from multiple disks Furthermore read writes to different drives can be processed concurrently Physical Disks Logical Drive Striping BLOCKS A A BLocks BLOCK gt BLOCK 6 _ a BLOCK e BLocks m Figure C 2 RAIDO Storage A
244. ous SANWatch and firmware revisions controller name and password are no longer used for CHAP authentication Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Trigger Host side Drive side Disk array Maximum Queued KO Count 256 v LUNs per Host SCSI ID f LUNs v Login Authentication with CHAP Disable v Jumbo Frames Disabled bd Max Concurrent Host LUN Connection Detaut 4 ha Tags Reserved per Host LUN Connection Detaut 32 v Peripheral Device Type err No Device Present x Peripheral Device Qualifier connected Device Supports Removable Media Disable LUN Applicability fan Undefined LUNS v Cylinder Head Sector Detauit Variables Variables Variable yv Apply Figure 7 1 The Host side Parameters Page for iSCSI Models m Jumbo Frames Jumbo Frames as specified by the IEEE 802 3 standard improve network performance for more data can be transmitted in one frame reducing interrupt load The system default for this option is disabled If you want to enable this option reset the subsystem for the configuration change to take effect A CAUTION The default and supported frame size is 9014 bytes All devices on the network path must be configured with the same jumbo frame size Configuration changes must be made in the Network Interface Card NIC through the configuration interface and tools provided by the NIC manufacturer Check with your
245. own menus Along with seven different means of informing RAID managers that an event has occurred fax broadcast email SNMP traps SMS and MSN messenger the severity level of events to be sent via these notification methods can also be configured 4 4 2 Event Severity Levels You may select a severity level for every notification method using the Event Severity Level setting Each level determines events of what severity level s are to be sent to a receiver See Table 4 1 for severity level descriptions All severity levels Event Notification Settings 4 15 SANWatch User s Manual Two levels Warning and Alert Only the most serious events Alert messages Table 4 1 Levels of Notification Severity The event security level can be set during notification function setting If you wish to modify the security levels for any notification setting right click on the Severity section in the lower level of Configuration screen Select the Edit common to view the Edit dialog box Select the desired severity level in the Severity pull down menu Once the severity level is selected click OK to exit the dialog box Module Contig Plugin Create Plugin Module Name SNMP trap v Status Disable Severity 4 SNMP Local IP a av SNMP trap recipient 1 Right click in the Severity section Edit SNMP receiver X SNMP receiver IP h 92 168 443 Severity nB 4 4 3 Enabling Notifi
246. p Configuration Section 14 4 page 14 4 14 4 1 Icon Labels 14 4 2 System Events Centralized Management Introduction 0 MA SANWatch User s Manual 14 1 Centralized Management Introduction The Centralized Management utility provides Online monitoring of Infortrend RAID subsystems over the network Creation of instant event logs Filtering and exporting event logs via text files The Centralized Management utility is an entrance portal to SANWatch whereby you can configure and maintain subsystems Simply click the icon to connect to the subsystem 14 2 Setting Up the Utility The Central Management utility along with the Configuration Client and SANWatch can be accessed through the shortcut the icons on your desktop or traditionally through the Start menu t Step 1 Open the Configuration Client and select Add Host an Configuration Client Language Help Exit Connection view k t Step 2 Add one 1 Root Agent by entering the IP address the IP address of the management station where you installed the Configuration Client for the Root Agent Please input the Root4gent server address P Moe ee 14 2 Centralized Management Introduction Chapter 14 Central Management Utility e Step 3 Select the Auto Discovery option from the Module Name drop down box iali Auto Discovery IF Range From 197 168 5 100 to 192 166 5 254 192 166 5 100 192 168
247. perating System running on the particular system IP Address If available Role The purpose fulfilled by the particular system relative to RAID operations 7 Internet Capable If a server is an Internet server the answer to this is Yes If a workstation will manage RAID systems through a browser note the particular browser software its version number and its support for Java 3 3 Platform Requirements SANWatch supports various operating systems both for servers RAID management hosts or web servers and for client management stations SANWatch Manager workstations Support for Java however depends on the Java Runtime installed on each OS Below are the platform requirements using windows OSes 1 Under Windows 2003 the Java installation program installshield jar ONLY supports Netscape 4 5 or above Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 or above 2 Windows Messaging MAPI for Windows must be enabled if support for fax or email notification under NT is needed Refer to your Windows documentation for more information 3 Windows NetBEUI support for Windows must be enabled if network broadcast support notification is needed Refer to your Windows documentation for more information Platform Requirements 3 5 SANWatch User s Manual 3 6 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 2 Software Setup This section discusses how to install SANWatch in your system Before proceeding with the setup procedure read through the
248. perations The Data Service Snapshot functionality of SANWatch Professional version is available with the following configurations 1 You manage a RAID array using SANWatch from on a DAS Direct Attached Storage server 2 SANWatch is installed both on a DAS server and a remote management computer SANWatch runs on a remote computer making access to a data host which has a Flush Agent running for Snapshot protection Enter the IP address of the data host The access to the RAID array is made via Infortrend s proprietary intermediate software agent The intermediate software agent then communicates with the array firmware via the in band protocols over the existing host storage data links Data Host Remote y _ SO MaM console gel i lt Volume 1 3 2 A Volume 2 p LAN WAN E DE 4 DB ee Mapping to Host or SAN connection Firmware u uo Adon i Snapshot Container LUN3 N M Infortrend Array 3 If you enter the RAID system s Ethernet IP you will not have the flush agent support and not able to utilize the Snapshot Scheduler utility os t Step 2 As soon as you input the first number of an IP address the screen will show the previous entries You can select a previously connected address on the pull down menu W NOTE If you are not sure of a RAID array s IP address you may rely on the Auto Discovery option in the Configuration Client to automatically detect the avai
249. pp 14 RAID Levels C 4 C 5 RAID Levels Appendices RAID 1 RAID 1 implements disk mirroring where a copy of the same data is recorded onto two sets of striped drives By keeping two copies of data on separate disks or arrays data is protected against a disk failure If a disk on either side fails at any time the good disks can provide all of the data needed thus preventing downtime In disk mirroring the total disk capacity is equivalent to half the sum of the capacities of all drives in the combination For example combining four 1GB drives would create a single logical drive with a total disk capacity of 2GB This combination of drives appears to the system as a single logical drive RAID 1 is simple and easy to implement however it is more expensive as it doubles the implementation investment required for a non redundant disk array Physical Disks Logical Drive j Mirroring BLOC K 1 E A ee BLOCK 2 4 BLOCK 1 a gt BLOCK 1 a BLockz 4 _BLOCK2 gi BLock3 h BLOCK3 BLOCK4 N BLOCK4 Figure C 3 RAID1 Storage In addition to the data protection RAID 1 provides this RAID level also improves performance In cases where multiple concurrent I Os are occurring these I Os can be distributed between two disk copies thus reducing total effective data access time RAID 1 0 1 RAID 1 0 1 combines RAID 0 and RAID 1 mirroring and disk striping RAID 0 1 allows multiple drive
250. pshot ata Rost RAID Flush Agent SANWatch console Mapping to Host DAS or SAN connection Source Volume LUNI Snapshot Container LUN3 ayaa uo Ados Infortrend Array Figure 15 4 The Intermediate RAID Agents on a Direct attached Server Snapshot Information provides access to the information of existing Snapshot Containers Media Extent List its subordinate Snapshot Sets and Snapshot Images DOO SSS System Action Help ul Statistics Snapshot Status RET maintenance T Liagital Dries Snapanokiiornatiorn G Godal Atrina F Pinesical Creve Snapshot List Meidia Extent isa E Task Sehiulies B El Configuration Sra p ehot Combiner List aff Ere one 3 Sreap e hot Se OCALA ARP OAF 1 ay SMAR h Iiag ILAJE EJEA EUG Acra Tinie Sy bly a ET SApS h t image ILE r UEZ RUD Acheated Time SAATU bolt AM Quick Installation Po installation wizard gt Create Logical Orie 4 Existing Logical Orvez Information Summary Eb Creaie Logical volume Them Daakia Ep Easting Logical Volumes aE Snapshot Container TD AMETREARAMAET Fo channet the i lon ine l E Host Lun Mapping Data draa Section Sija re Til Canhguriton P r hout otus Hrt succeeded E Gata Serio Current Max Meda Extent i TE Faransa intonation Irede Table Entry Sire re a Mainilan Sriagestin TAH Number of rede in al Meds Exbents combined pa Coanhgure Saag eel hanter of Iroda Alkscatend a8 L B agen Hunker of Da
251. r modify various notification methods The panel also allows you to setup an administrator s identity and lets an administrator be constantly aware of all arrays status through notification emails Configuration Client User Interface 4 9 SANWatch User s Manual Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Hare Rootagert log ka Variable Current Value Status Disable SMTP sewer O hma ecipient Email esta intortrend com tw 5 168 1 Sender mail box esta intortrend com tw R i i Send period hour The Module Config panel provides access to ten 10 configurable items and each item contains two or more setup options Seven 7 of them belong to the notification methods ways to notify a user if event faults occur settings Double clicking the Current Value field can modify all configuration options 4 3 Root Agent Configuration To configure the Root agent settings select the Module Config menu on the right of the Configuration Client User Interface as shown below Select the pull down menu named Root Agent Setting from the Module Name section 4 3 1 Root Agent Settings The Root Agent Setting option is shown below Module Contig Plugin Create Plugin Module Merrie RootAgent Setting Administrator password me Guest password E ba e Administrator Password This allows you to set an administrator s password This is the port number the SANWatch centralized manager
252. r subsystem IDs range from 0 to 125 ID 0 is the default value assigned for host channels on SCSI host and iSCSI host subsystems and ID 112 113 is the default value assigned for host channels on Fibre host controller subsystems Preset IDs are available with drive channels and it is recommended to keep the defaults For more information on host channel and drive channel IDs please refer to the Operation Manual and the hardware documentation that came with your controller subsystems User Configurable Channel Parameters Chapter 8 Channel Configuration 8 3 Setting the Configurations for a Channel t Step 1 Single click under the Channel window to select a corresponding channel Channel icons are displayed in the left side panel of the configuration window The Channel Settings configuration will appear as two separate pages on the right side Parameters and ID t Step 2 From the Parameters panel specify a preferred value with configurable items either by checking the pull down menus or radio buttons of the transfer clock transfer width termination and or parity check Be sure to click the Apply button for the changes to take effect t Step 3 If you want to assign a different ID to the selected channel choose the ID panel An ID pool scroll menu will appear as shown below Channel j3 Channel 0 Host Fibre Speed 2 GHz Parameters ID Chip Information l Channel 2 Drive Fibre Speed 2 GHz pa Channel 3 R
253. rcentot Total Space Threshold Level Value s0 Y Policy Code Notify Event Only Save Rerove Cancel Threshold Level Value Enter a percentage number in the text field When a percentage threshold is 15 30 Snapshot Purge Policy Space Management Data Service Snapshot violated the automated purge control will be initiated Policy Code Select an option from the pull down list EEE es Space Threshold Setting Threshold Setting List add New Threshold Level Type Percent of Total Space Threshold Level value fo Policy Code Notify Event Only X Notify Event Only Warning Event Only Critical Event Only Critical Event Only And Execute Priority based purge Operation Critical Event Only And Fail block allocation attempt making association Image as invalid The purge control options include Notify Event only A notification level event message will be delivered to notify system administrator Warning Event only A warning level event message will be delivered to notify system administrator Critical Event only A critical level event message will be delivered to notify system administrator Critical Event only and Execute Priority based purge Operation 1 A critical level event message will be delivered to notify system administrator 2 System starts removing the highest purge priority Snapshot images in order to release storage space Critical Event only and Fail block
254. re 6 21 Selecting Members for a New Logical Drive The Configuration Category 6 29 SANWatch User s Manual 6 30 6 8 4 6 8 5 For details on creating a logical drive please refer to Chapter 9 of this document Existing Logical Drives Window When the Existing Logical Drives window is opened the screen shown in Figure 6 22 will appear The basic rules for using the functional elements in the Existing Logical Drives window are This window also uses a parallel display and the up then down principle To start configuring an existing array select a configured array from the LD list above Locations of its members are automatically highlighted and then the available functions are displayed in the Functions window This window contains three or four edit commands that can be triggered by a right click on a configured array Logical Drives amp 3F744216 View Logical Drive Edit Partition Click to select Delete Logical Drive st above Front View Functions RAID JBOD ChI 0 1D 16 JBOD ChI 0 1D 32 Properties add Disk Expand LD Assignment Primary Controller Name Ld 2 Write Policy Peat sw Apply Figure 6 22 Existing Logical Drives Window Create Logical Volume Window This window uses the same operation flow as that applied in the Create Logical Drive window A Logical Volume contains one or more Logical Drives and these members are striped together To
255. re View E3 Tasks Under Process E Logical Drive Information BS Logical Volume Information Ml Fibre Channel Status F7 Cache Dirty 4 Ff Disk Read Write Performance MB E System Information rm ap 5 i Maintenance _ Logical Drives E Physical Drives F Task Schedules ca E Configuration To access the Statistics window click on the Statistics icon on the GUI navigation panel or select the Statistics command from the Action menu Then choose either Cache Dirty or Disk Read Write Performance MB s by checking the respective select box The Cache Dirty statistics window displays what percentage of data is being accessed via cache memory The Read Write Performance window displays the amount of data being read from or written to the disk array system in MB per second 11 13 Statistics SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank Statistics 11 14 Chapter 12 Enclosure Display This chapter introduces the enclosure display using the Enclosure View window in the SANWatch s main program Enclosure Display About The Enclosure View Section 12 1 Accessing the Enclosure View Section 12 3 7 12 2 1 Connecting to the RAID Agent 7 12 2 2 Opening the Enclosure View Window 7 12 2 3 Component Information LED Representations Section 12 3 Enclosure View Messages Section 12 4 Information Summary Section 12 5 12 1 SANWatc
256. rebuilding by checking the rebuild command in the logical drive status window If the replacement drive is installed on a different channel or using a different ID different drive slot or the periodic drive scan function has been disabled you need to scan in the new drive first SCSI bus and then assign it as a spare drive of the logical drive which had a drive failure Data rebuilding will have to be manually initiated iD IMPORTANT Although the RAID system provides uninterrupted disk access even after a disk failure do not leave a failed drive unattended Without a replacement the system will not survive a second physical drive failure on the same logical drive RAID3 and 5 A defective drive must be promptly replaced and data rebuilt A CAUTION When performing hot swapping be sure to remove only the defective drive Removing the wrong drive will result in complete irrecoverable data loss Use the Enclosure View window or Logical Drive Information window to locate exactly which physical drive has failed Before You Start SANWatch Manager comes with password protection that prevents unauthorized modification of the disk array configuration During each attempt at modifying the system configuration the configuration will require the correct password before proceeding By default the SANWatch Manager station comes with a password 1234 for login as an Information viewer The password required for the Conf
257. red over TCP IP Data Service Snapshot Application support Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 32 bit and Server 2003 SP2 64 bit Service Microsoft VSS Application aware snapshot capabilities shadow copies with hardware provider 3 1 2 Local Client Running SANWatch Manager the RAID Management Part Computer must be Pentium or above PC compatible running Windows 2003 R2 sp1 32 64 Windows XP Vista RedHat AS 3 0 ES 4 32 64 SUSE Linux Enterprise 9 64 Professional 9 1 SLES 10 32 64 Fedora Linux 3 64 Fedora Linux 5 32 64 FreeBSD 5 Solaris 9 10 Sparc Mac OS X 10 4 x All above OSes should support Java Runtime 1 4 2_05 or higher The Data Service Snapshot functions currently support Windows 2003 platforms Java Runtime consumes additional memory and resources A memory size of 512MB or more is preferred on your management computer if you need to open more than one SANWatch console with multiple RAID systems Remote station must be running Netscape 4 7X IE6 0 or Mozilla 5 0 Java Runtime 1 4 2_05 for a particular platform 16K or higher mode management station monitor One Ethernet port over TCP IP System Requirements 3 3 SANWatch User s Manual Windows Messaging MAPI for Windows 2003 XP if fax notification support is needed Windows NetBEUI support for Windows 2003 XP must be enabled if network broadcast support notification is needed Please refer to your Window
258. rk data transmission type of cable whose initial letter is only capitalized when put at the beginning of a sentence HBA Host Bus Adapter an HBA is a device that permits a PC bus to pass data to and receive data from a storage bus such as SCSI or Fibre Channel Host A computer typically a server which uses a RAID system internal or external for data storage Host LUN See Host and LUN Host LUN is another term for a LUN Host LUNs often apply to the combinations of host channel IDs and the subordinate LUN numbers rc Inter Integrated Circuit a type of bus designed by Philips Semiconductors which is used to connect integrated circuits I C is a multi master bus which means that multiple chips can be connected to the same bus and each one can act as a master by initiating a data transfer IC connect device presence detection circuitry and temperature sensors within EonStor enclosures In Band SCSI Also known as in band or In band A means whereby RAID management software can access a RAID array via the existing host links and SCSI protocols Note the in band SCSI is typically used in places with no network connections In band is also implemented with a Fibre Channel host connection App 7 SANWatch User s Manual App 8 iSCSI iSCSI is Internet SCSI Small Computer System Interface an Internet Protocol IP based storage networking standard for linking data storage facilities
259. roller will search for a Global or Enclosure Spare If there is a Global Spare logical drive rebuild will be automatically conducted 6 7 2 Physical Drives Maintenance Window When the Physical Drives maintenance window is opened the below screen will appear Front View Functions Media Scan Maintain Spare Copy and Replace Clone Reserved Space Identify Drive Step 2 Please Select a Clone Type Replace After Clone Figure 6 18 Maintenance Physical Drives There are two 2 sub windows in the Physical Drives maintenance window 6 24 The Maintenance Category Chapter 6 Basic Operations The Front View window allows you to select a hard drive to perform maintenance tasks on A selected drive is highlighted by bright blue lines and its slot number is shown in the Functions window in the Selected Drive Slot field The Functions window provides configuration options with maintenance tasks and an APPLY or Next button to apply the configuration Media Scan You can perform the Media Scan function to a specific physical drive To start a media scan select a disk drive from the Front View window then select one of the tabbed menus in the Functions window and click the Apply button Maintain Spare You can add a spare drive from the list of the unused disk drives The spare chosen here can be selected as a Global or Local spare drive If you choose to create a Local spare drive select a
260. running for the notification methods to work Receiver Side To set a fax machine to receive event messages t Step 1 Open the Module Configuration page Use the Module Name pull down menu to select Fax Event Notification Settings 4 23 4 24 SANWatch User s Manual Module Config Plugi te D lodule Name Status Enable a Severity Queue size l2 Fj av z t Step 2 Module Name Module Config plugin Create Plugin To create a new Fax notification click Create on the upper right corner of the screen or right click on the lower half of the configuration screen to display the Add Fax Recipient dialog box Enable 2 t Step 3 An Add Fax Receiver dialog box prompts Enter the phone number of the fax machine that will receive event notifications Add FAX receiver j x t Step 4 t Step 5 t Step t Step 7 Outside line Delay Second Severity Telephone E 1 1 Create Cancel Enter the Outside line dial out number if there is any Enter the Delay Second number Enter the level of Severity of the events to be sent via fax Repeat this process to add more receivers Event Notification Settings we Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options NOTE The physical connection and fax service with Windows MAPI should be ready before configuring this function Sender Side From the Module Config window t
261. rver can be chosen as the Centralized Management center which uses the Configuration Client and Central Management utilities and can be installed with the SANWatch manager program using the first installation scheme Centralized Management in the Custom Mode Computer must be Pentium or above PC compatible running Windows 2003 R2 sp1 32 64 Windows XP Vista RedHat AS 3 0 ES 4 32 64 SUSE Linux Enterprise 9 64 Professional 9 1 SLES 10 32 64 Fedora Linux 3 64 Fedora Linux 5 32 64 FreeBSD 5 Solaris 9 10 Sparc Mac OS X 10 4 x All above OSes should support Java Runtime 1 4 2_05 or higher The Data Service Snapshot function currently supports Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 32 bit and Server 2003 SP2 64 bit platforms 1 The optimal configuration for running the Data Service functionality in SANWatch is listed below RAID controller caching mode write back Disk buffer disabled BBU protection enabled BBU Event triggered operation enabled If your current firmware configuration does not match the above when you activate Data Service the above preferences will automatically apply 2 The On Linux 64 bit Enterprise 4 a shell command can facilitate In band connection MODPROBE sh Connection will be validated after the RAID Root agent is re activated System Requirements Chapter 3 Installation 16K or higher mode management station monitor At least one available Ethernet port is requi
262. s Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters 7 21 1 22 SANWatch User s Manual 4 The Synchronized Cache Communications between RAID controllers is disabled Some parameters related to AV Optimization will be implemented as system defaults in the append file for specific ODM OEM models Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters Chapter 8 Channel Configuration Using SANWatch Manager you can modify the configuration of any channel on the controller You can set the channel operation mode to host or drive enable or disable channel termination add delete channel IDs set the transfer clock rate for synchronous communications and select the transfer width Channel configuration settings are available under the Physical View in the RAID View window This chapter describes the following Channel Configuration features Channel Configuration Window Section 8 1 page 8 2 User Configurable Channel Parameters Section 8 2 page 8 3 8 2 1 Channel Mode 8 2 2 Termination 2 3 Default Transfer Clock in MHz 8 2 4 ID Pool AID BID Setting the Configurations for a Channel Section 8 3 page 8 7 Channel Configuration Window 8 1 SANWatch User s Manual 8 1 Channel Configuration Window I O Channel configuration options are available under the Configuration category which is found in the lower section of the navigation panel To access the Channel window use either the command
263. s Appendix D Additional References Provides information about Java Runtime environment software download and uninstallation SANWatch User s Manual Usage Conventions Throughout this document the following terminology usage rules apply Controller always refers to Infotrend RAID array controllers Subsystem refers to Infortrend EonStor 8 12 16 bay or 24 bay RAID array subsystems SANWatch refers to the entire program and all of its modules SANWatch Manager refers only to the management interface not to any other parts of the software Root Agent is an independent agent of the software which permits one management station to monitor and report the operating status of multiple RAID systems The Root Agent acquires information from and sends configuration commands to one or multiple RAID arrays RAID Agent is the part of the software which allows the RAID controller subsystem to talk to the SANWatch Manager or Root Agent A RAID Agent communicates with the RAID array via an Ethernet link SCSI bus iSCSI or Fibre channels using the In band protocols RAID Agents are the intermediaries between RAID systems and the SANWatch program Configuration Client refers to the software utility that allows an administrator to be notified of system events at any of the RAID systems being managed The Configuration Client also enables centralized management of multiple arrays
264. s logical drive setting s logical volumn setting s channel setting s host Enclosure View SANWatch User s Manual LUN list drive side parameters caching parameters and communication information pa F Channel ia un Host LUN Mapping a Nh ant m ph aay ee amg E enn E pe ng heel ai Yel tat eee eset a Pence EREA pa pape get eee Sire eS etianeaton Pararnat are aL UAI ra AF EET SA B S System Information ee CPU Type PPC SOFXIFL i Total Cache Size 512MB ECC DDR od Firmware Version 3 48608 eed Bootrecord Version 1 2 Esa aa ae eE P edi Serial Number 6933er Fl Controller Setting s ed Controller Name Nat eed Logo FF R2021 od Vendor IFT feed Model FF R2021 El 4 Physical Drive Information Eg Slot 1 mec Chk 4 shi ID 16 Event Log List Configuration List Right click on the Configuration List window will allow you to select four Export Configuration Data as ML File Export Host Lun List as XML File Restore Configuration from XML File 4 options and they are explained as follow Export Configuration Data as Text File When you select this option the program will save the system s configuration data to a text file You may select a file destination in a prompt up Save window Export Configuration Data as XML File Select a file location where you like to save the system s configuration data as an XML file in a prompt up Save window when you select thi
265. s Manual X1V Chapter 12 Enclosure Display The Enclosure View customization is discussed fully in this chapter Detailed instructions on how to access and use the Enclosure View are given Examples of status messages are shown and explanations of the status messages are provided Chapter 13 NPC Utility An independent NPC configuration utility is added for use with SANWatch installation without the Configuration Client functionality Although not as powerful as the Configuration Client NPC provides basic event notifications over email LAN broadcast and SNMP traps Chapter 14 Central Management Utility The Central Management utility provides an online one to many monitoring capability of Infortrend RAID subsystems over the network enhancing ease of use for managing a storage network Part 4 Data Service Chapter 15 Data Service Snapshot Operation Discusses how to start configure point in time snapshots and maintain a balanced distribution of capacity between ordinary RAID volumes and snapshot volumes Details about the automated snapshot scheduler utility can also be found Appendices Appendix A Command Summary Summarizes the available commands and command buttons within SANWatch RAID management part and the Configuration Client utility Appendix B Glossary Provides information on definitions of key technology terms used in this manual Appendix C RAID Levels Provides information about the various RAID level
266. s as a frozen Number that can be mapped to a host LUN The act of taking a snapshot image actually include creating and activating a snapshot image 15 10 Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot The sequence number indicates the image s positions among a series of snapshot images Activated Actual Indicates the time when the image was taken Time Last Modification The last time when the source volume receives updates and Time differentials were added to a snapshot image Activation Schedule Applies to Snapshot Scheduler The time refers to when the Time scheduler creates and activates a snapshot image Total Number of The total number of data block entries reserved for a snapshot Data Block Entries image Valid Data Block Numbers of data block entries consumed by storing data Entries already differentials Filled Total Data Block Numbers of data block entries consumed by data differentials Entries already including valid and bad blocks Filled Media Extent List snapshot Status Snapshot Information G Global Atribute Snapshot List Media Extent List ek Information Summary Item Pe Snapshot Container ID FOZEOSFF4643046 Status On line Data Area Section Size 256K Mount Status Mount succeeded Current Max Media Extent 1 Se Inode Table Entry Size 178bytes Total Number of Inodes in all Media Extents combined 93 Number of Inode Allocated 39 Number of Data Area Section in all Media Exten
267. s documentation for more information SNMP traps service for Windows NT if SNMP traps notification is desired TCP IP with a valid IP assigned to each controller subsystem Static IP is recommended A fax modem that supports Hayes AT command protocol is required if using the fax event notification function Fax command class 2 0 and above A GSM modem is required if using the SMS short message event notification function SANWatch currently supports two GSM modem models Siemens TC35 WAVECOM Fast Rack M1206 Please contact Infortrend for the complete list of compatible GSM modems 3 2 RAID Chart Before installing SANWatch and its various agents and modules it is helpful to chart your RAID subsystems If you operate a single RAID subsystem from a local or remote workstation you may skip this section If you have multiple RAID subsystems the information shown in Table 3 1 provides guidelines for charting existing RAID subsystems Each field is explained as follows IP Address 205 163 164 11 205 124 155 10 XXX XXX XXX XXX a 1 2 Centralized Root Agent RAID Agent Management Intermediate RAID Storage Center SANWatch 3 4 RAID Chart Chapter 3 Installation a y Table 3 1 RAID Charting Table ID Name User designated an ID or name should be a unique identifying label Location A specific geographic reference e g headquarters Building 3 Equipment Room 100 OS The O
268. s option Export Host LUN List as XML File This option will only export Host LUN list to an XML file You may select a file destination in a Save window Restore Configuration from XML File You may retrieve the configuration data that you exported earlier to the system Select a file you previously saved from the Open window 11 3 Logical Drive Information Logical Drive Information helps you to identify the physical locations and logical relationship among disk drive members In a massive storage application a logical array may consist of disk drives installed in different drive enclosures The Logical Drive information is designed for today s complicated configurations of RAID arrays The information window helps to achieve the following Logical Drive Information 11 8 Having Chapter 11 System Monitoring and Management a clear idea of the logical relationship can help avoid removing the wrong drive in the event of drive failure A logical drive RAID configuration of disk drives cannot afford two failed disk drives A logical drive may include members that reside on different enclosures or different drive channels Doing so can help reduce the chance of downtime if a hardware failure should occur With operations such as manual rebuild or capacity expansion using the Copy and Replace methodology it is crucial to correctly identify an original member source drive and a replacement drive
269. s the same However SANWatch now uses a more object oriented approach by showing the enclosure graphics which are identical to your EonRAID or EonStor enclosures SANWatch reads identification data from connected arrays and presents a correct display as an enclosure graphic This process is automatically completed without user s setup NOTE SANWatch does not support the display of drive enclosures provided by other vendors The Information Category Once properly set up and connected with a RAID array a navigation panel displays on the upper left of the screen SANWatch defaults to the Enclosure View window at startup To access each informational window single click a display icon on the navigation panel You may also access each window by selecting from the Action menu on the menu bar at the top of the screen See below for access routes Ff sanwatch System Language Window Help System Action Help G ey Device Fl a information RAID a j TRE TS can waves ie AnaS e et Le Genes aa Enclosure View Logical Drive Information gue Fa Logical Yolume Informati a Ml Fibre Channel Status nie E System Information Information Sun bi Wal Statistics a eee nae ey 2 if Maintenance JE Controller CPU s E Logical Drives J channel Char p 3 Physical Drives J Channel Char IDs Logical Drive 1 RAID Information 11 2 Chapter 11 System Monitoring and Management The Array Informati
270. s will appear These options are Typical Install and Custom Install The default is set to Basic Install All users are recommended to install SANWatch program using the default settings This will create a new Infortrend Inc folder on the computer chosen as a management center If you want to install SANWatch in a different folder type in a new location or click the Browse button to select a destination folder If you follow the default selection and click the Next button the install shield will start install the SANWatch software RAID Agents and necessary drivers on the computer If you want to install the management utility redundantly onto two different servers select Advanced Install and click the Next button to choose a desired installation mode in the next screens To properly install the new Central Management utility please install SANWatch using the Custom gt Centralized Management setting 3 14 Software Setup Software Setup Chapter 3 Installation W Infortrend SANWatch Setup E iol x Click the type of Setup you prefer then click Next i Typical Install RAID Watch program RAID Agent and drivers into host computer Recommended for most users Destination Folder CAProgram Files ntortrend Incik Browse C Custom You may choose the options you want to install Recomended For advanced users Cancel Step 4 If you choose the Custom installation mode on the previous
271. sert the Infortrend Product Utility CD or SANWatch installation CD into the systems CD ROM drive If you are currently running other applications close them before proceeding with the setup process This will minimize the possibility of encountering system errors during setup Be sure to install JRE 1 4 2 or above version on your server Running older version of Java runtime may cause a failure of the SANWatch main program installation Software Setup Chapter 3 Installation Step 4 When the File Manager window pops up on the screen double click the file unix sh Step 5 A Run window prompt will display To install the Java based GUI SANWatch manager main program type YES and then press Enter This will launch SANWatch manager install shield Please refer to Section 3 4 6 for step by step installation procedures ae a a ae ie a oe ake ae oi a oe ise oi ee ie ae oi is oe ake 2 oi ie oe ae i aie oe fe oe i aie oe ae oe i aie oe ico oi aie ok af oe oi at oe a oe oi a ake ae ok ake ae Java based GUI RAID Manager Installation Procedure AKK af oe AK af ofc ofc af ofc ofc OK ofc afc af afk ofc of aft ofc of aft ofc of afk ofc oe afk afc ofc af afc afc af afc ofc af afc afc of akc ofc of he ofc af fk ofc of fk afc of af afk OK af afk ofc af K oft SECTION I Java based GUI RAID Manager Installation NOTE To install and configure Java based GUI RAID Manager successfully We highly recommend you refer to INSTALLATION GUIDE i
272. sesccsssscsesoees 6 6 6 3 1 Parchasino the License Key sicsscccasdesoahanonetesaddsnsserdeceucsnedtesteatetedstilencpecatenens 6 7 6 3 2 Connecting to a RAID Subsystem eeccccccesessssncceeceessessseeeeceessessseanees 6 9 6 3 3 Using the A cent List Window orsoni E 6 11 6 3 4 Disconnecting and Refreshing a Connection cccccecccesessseeeceeeeeeesnseeeeeeees 6 13 6 4 SECURITY AUTHORIZED ACCESS LEVELG ccccccssscsssssccssscssssscsssscsssssssscssoes 6 13 6 5 WOOK AND FEEL acess socessestessbeconcieceissessc cases cokane esinen eii in r aana a keer 6 14 6 5 1 Look md Reel Overview oreen en E E 6 14 6 5 2 Serer Eleme MS eaa E eaten 6 15 6 5 3 Command Menis ii ican airn a E O R 6 15 6 5 4 Outer Shell Commands eie AA TA 6 16 6 5 5 Management Window Commands cccceecseccecceesesesneceeceessesesneeeeeeeeseneees 6 17 6 6 THE INFORMATION CATEGORY ssssciscsccesccescesdcccesccsscccacssuciveccessccstectessctecaceeteteasciae 6 18 6 6 1 Enclosure View Window seponeren E E E ANE 6 18 6 6 2 Tasks Under Process Window cornine ana A E 6 19 6 6 3 Logical Drive Information Window ccccccsssssssecceeceseesnseeeeeecessessseeeeeeeees 6 19 6 6 4 Logical Volume Information Window cc ccccccccesesesseceeceeeeseesneeeeeeeseneees 6 20 6 6 5 Fibre Channel S tats Wind Ow siecicieisutesaatevaver tvankedisenlausudecaieieselasedeltaeneiincctes 6 21 6 6 6 System Information Window sanean e EE 6 21 6 6 7 SS CALISTICS WINGO W cs s
273. seseaaeeseeeas 22 Figure 6 16 Accessing Maintenance Commands ccccsssccceesesneeceeceenneececeeeseeeeeeseseaeeeeeeeas 23 Figure 0 17 Maintenance Logical Diy 6S ii sctesieut arei a RES EE E ONTE 23 Figure 6 18 Maintenance Physical Drives ccccccccccesssneeceeseseeceeeeenneeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeas 25 Figure 6 19 Task Schedules Wind Wsin annene a E A Maxesisdans 27 Figure 6 20 Accessing Configuration Commands ssessseeseesssessessseerressssereessserreesseeeressseeees 28 Figure 6 21 Selecting Members for a New Logical Drive ssseesesssseeeessssseresssseessssrressssereees 29 SANWatch User s Manual Figure 6 22 Existing Logical Drives WindOwW ccccscccccesenseeceesesneececeeeneeeeeeseaaeeceeeesnneeeeeens 30 Figure 6 232 Channel Window sis ecasavetecasiin E ues cantinds toaantheunsaver Mewsbags Manesiodans 31 FPreure 6 24 Host Channel ID Seti eS sei e e tend E E 32 Figure 6 25 Host LUN Mapping Right click Menu cece ccecececceessneceeceeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaes 32 Figure 6 26 The Outer Shell System View Window cccccsssccccessesseceeseseeceeeeseseeeeeeeens 33 Figure 6 27 Opening Device for Multi Array Management ccecsssececeessnececeeeestneeeeeeens 34 Figure 7 2 The Host side Parameters Page for iSCSI Models ccccccccessesececeesesneeeeeeeeaes 19 Figure 9 1 Access to the Create Logical Drive Window ccccssscccesseseceeeeeseeeceesennneceee
274. shall be present and functioning properly e Write Back policy is enabled e Only available for RAID level 1 3 5 and 6 Failures of a hard drive to return I Os before the Response Timeout will force the firmware to retrieve requested I Os from the other members of the logical drive This function is only applicable on RAID subsystems running Firmware 3 42 or above version AV Optimization Mode The AV optimization is applied for the emerging Audio Video or non drop frame applications such as the VOD MOD NLE Non Linear Editing and multi streaming environments Fewer Steams for applications featuring sequential I Os and large block sizes e g Video Editing 1 The Maximum Drive Response Timeout will be automatically set to 160ms 2 The drive cache flush threshold is set to a value lower than Infortrend s traditional Write back Flush threshold 3 A minimum read ahead size is determined by the Stripe size 4 Enhance performance using LMDD test in the sequential reads 5 The Synchronized Cache Communications between RAID controllers is disabled Multiple Steams for applications featuring smaller I Os and more outstanding I Os e g Media Broadcasting 1 The Maximum Drive Response Timeout will be automatically set to 960ms 2 The Write back Flush threshold is set to a value lower than Infortrend s traditional Write back Flush threshold 3 Enhance performance using LMDD test in the sequential read
275. sks wis cci sree ceeccosiaite creeds hides naedanreensbene a adieese 9 9 9 2 3 3 Accessing the Expand Command page ceecccssssssececeeessesessececeecesesesesseeeeeeeeees 9 10 Available Expansion Size MB ire taa E E a 9 10 Set EXPANSION SZC sic rch cate a a a a a a a e 9 10 Ee WES EIP heee E E aee a e E E E S 9 11 92354 Click Expand t Initiate LD ExpansiOtfisssecaenscccinn nin a ES 9 11 9 2 3 5 Accessing the Migrate LD Command page c cccccccccccsssssnsecececesseeessnseeceseeeeenes 9 11 Seleta RAIDT Eyele E A N on eecaanens 9 12 Selec an UPS aI Ze recs carte cies a a E ataaiuinee enchants 9 12 SELA DVE SZE eee Rene ree a mr oe Ree ee ee eee 9 13 9230 IMiSTatON PROCESS sctsrcctrctaleut onana a E cus seed eet E EER 9 13 9 2 4 Dynamic Logical Drive Expansion sseesesesssssssesesesssssssresssssssereeessssssserese 9 13 9 2 4 1 What Is It and How Does It Work sosonnessoeeeeessssseresseseeesssssreesssseeessssoreresssseeessssee 9 13 9 2A 2 Fw Expansion MOGES ossis ase a a iei 9 13 Mode AITEN VO ereer E T S 9 13 Mode COP A Repa E nean e aa Eas 9 14 9 2 5 Addie Spare Drive Scewerinae i a a a pi 9 16 9 2 5 1 Accessing the Spare Drive Management Screen ececesessscceecececeseeesnseeeeeeees 9 17 9 2 6 Rebaildine Lozica DVE Skeena E dausie de ciuslcoenuslecnasinseutts Mimsustvelcesuncun 9 18 9 21 Bekin ar D erre e E EEE 9 18 9 3 LOGICAL VOLUME MANAGEMENT essscscsestscsssccceseccesedecsosscsnsutesosdscsoscs
276. sseeseessseseessserresssereessseeeeesssereessseees 19 xi SANWatch User s Manual xii User s Manual Overview Congratulations on your decision to use Infortrend s SANWatch management software program This management program allows you to control and monitor disk array subsystems from a local host a remote station connected through a local area network LAN In band host links or the Internet This manual discusses how to install and use SANWatch to manage disk array systems incorporating Infortrend s Fibre to Fibre Fibre to SATA SAS SCSI to SATA SAS to SAS SATA 1SCSI to SATA and SCSI to SCSI subsystems or the EonRAID 2510FS series controllers Please note that SANWatch does not support drive enclosures manufactured by other vendors In addition to SANWatch you can also use the serial COM port or LCD keypad panel to manage the EonStor subsystems or systems that incorporate the EonRAID disk array controllers For more information about these programs see the documentation that came with your hardware User s Manual Structure and Chapter Overviews Chapters in this SANWatch User s Manual are included in four 4 separate parts and Appendices Part 1 Getting Started With SANWatch Chapter 1 Introduction Provides information about SANWatch including a product description features summary and highlights The basic concept of SANWatch is defined in an individual section Chapter 2 SANWatch Considerations
277. st t Step 2 Click the On Off switch beside the pull down list button to enable Email notification Switched ON Switched OFF t Step 3 Double click on the Current Value field of the Status row to enable email notification t Step 4 Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver station t Step 5 Enter the mail subject by double clicking the Current Value field and entering a mail subject t Step 6 Set your SMTP mail server through which the notification emails will be sent t Step 7 Enter the Account name and Password if your mail server requires these values SASL is the currently supported mechanism t Step 8 Provide a valid email address as your sender s address 4 4 6 LAN Broadcast Settings Receiver Side To set a computer to receive broadcast messages t Step 1 Open the Module Configuration page Use the Module Name pull down menu to select Broadcast Event Notification Settings 4 21 SANWatch User s Manual Module Config Plugin Disable i 4 Step 2 To create a new LAN broadcast notification click the Create button on the upper right corner of the screen or right click on the lower half of the configuration screen to display the Add Broadcast Recipient dialog box Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Name Broadcast 0 Disable w t Step 3 An Add Broadcast Receiver dialog box appears Simply enter the
278. stop the currently running applications Lil System Action Command Help hl Statisnes View and Edit Snapshot Container J hiedia Extent List aa Maintinance r Snapshot Containers T Logical Drives Media Extent it Sau aint A OUTOA Gn ina i T Physical Drives E Task Schedules k Configuration Guitk installation Pa Instatiabon vizand T Create Logical Drive T Existing Logical Drives View and Edit Snapshot Set Snapshot Selja Create Logical Voturne Ey Etting Logical Volumes 5 Channel PE Host LUN Mapping W Configuration P j OF Data Semice i i 3 Saig f ee Ment Ire x Seventy Type i Tiree Descretion XH f F 2007 05 22 06 22 12 SHAPSHOT Nott S1 ID 43ABESE220CFEDSE Creation Complete a Ipo ii POOP 22 08 22119 SNAPSHOT Moti SI ID T7ROEZTMOSEDM4A Creation Complete Mapping a Snapshot Set is actually mapping the Source Volume it is referring to Step 3 4 1 Select Configure Snapshot from the left side navigation tree Step 3 4 2 Left click on an existing Snapshot Set under the View and Edit Snapshot field A selected Snapshot Set will be highlighted Right click on it to display a command menu Step 3 4 3 Select Host LUN Mapping A Host LUN mapping window displays Configuration Process 15 21
279. subsystem configuration is saved in NVRAM and can be saved to a system drive This function allows you to retrieve a previously saved configuration profile from a system disk NOTE All of the download functions will prompt for a file source from the current workstation Upload NVRAM to Host Disk This allows you to backup your controller dependent configuration information to a system drive We strongly recommend using this function to save the configuration profile whenever a configuration change is made Save NVRAM to Disk The configuration profile can also be saved to array hard drives Each array hard drive will have a replica of the NVRAM backup in its reserved space so that when a drive fails or is being regrouped the backup remains intact Restore NVRAM from Disk If an administrator wishes to retrieve the previously saved NVRAM backup from subsystem hard drives all settings including system password will also be restored With these option an administrator can decide whether to restore previous System 7 7 SANWatch User s Manual 7 8 configuration using the original password just in case you forget the original password A question window will prompt showing the options Question tt KI 6 twill take effect after resetting controller Restore NYVRAM from Disk Restore without password Mo Upload NVRAM will prompt for a file destination at the current console This option is
280. sufficient If you have more than one Ethernet port double click to configure it 4 4 5 Email Settings Receiver Side wh NOTE SASL authentication is supported with this revision To set an email address to receive notification emails t Step 1 Event Notification Settings Open the Module Configuration page Use the Module Name pull down menu to select Email 4 19 SANWatch User s Manual Module Config Plugin Creste Dinca odule Name 2 E RON a t Step 2 To create a new email notification click the Create button on the upper right corner of the screen or right click on the lower half of the configuration screen to display the Add Email Recipient dialog box Module Config Plugin Create Plugin Module Name Email Disable kmn Right click on the lower level of Configuration screen Figure 4 4 Adding Email Notification w t Step 3 An Add Email Recipient dialog box appears Enter a receiver s email address Add Email recipient x Email Address Severity f os t Step 4 Select the severity level of the events to be sent to the receiver s email ME os t Step 5 Repeat this process to add more receiver addresses Sender Side From the Module Config window 420 Event Notification Settings Chapter 4 Configuration Client Options t Step 1 Find the email settings from the Module Name pull down li
281. t Agent ow Figure 14 4 Connecting The above icon shows that Centralized Management is still trying to connect with a Root Agent Maintenance amp Configuration Icon Labels Icon labels display the model name and the IP address of the connected RAID subsystems Single click on a Root Agent and then its subordinate RAID systems will appear Move the cursor over the subsystem icon and an information box will pop up with detailed information such as the System Name ID IP address and the number of component or RAID configuration events Central Management Connection Chapter 14 Central Management Utility i Central Management Root Agent Connected array System name System name System name System name with no faults RAID agent IP RAID agent IP RAID agent IP RAID agent IP System name System name System name System name Connected array RAID agent IP RAID agent IP RAID agent IP RAID agent IP with system faults System name System name System name System name RAID agent IP RAID agent IP RAID agent IP RAID agent IP ID 76688 IP IP address Ss 1 powers has error Array once there 9 10 disks has error The red icons indicate the arrays with the occurrences of system faults or warning messages Icons with a cross mark are those that can not be accessed Please check whether the subsystems are powered down its network link fails or its IPs have been changed 14 4 2 System Events A single c
282. t Compresenn Cai Pack 100 for Aidos oF Ij Microsoft ES t Step 6 To install the Java based GUI SANWatch manager main program see Section 3 4 6 for detailed procedures 3 7 SANWatch User s Manual 3 8 3 4 3 3 4 4 Installing SANWatch on a Linux Platform If you are running a Linux platform on the server computer follow these steps to install SANWatch on your server s t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 t Step 4 t Step 5 t Step 6 t Step 7 Insert the Infortrend Product Utility CD or SANWatch installation CD into the system s optical drive If you are currently running other applications close them before proceeding with the setup process This will minimize the possibility of encountering system errors during setup Open the file manager and change the directory to mnt cdrom Locate and execute linux sh to start the software installation Be sure to install JRE 1 4 2_05 or above version on your server Running older version of Java runtime may cause a failure of installing SANWatch main program Be sure to install the Java plug in Install the Java based GUI SANWatch manager main program An installshield will prompt on the screen Please refer to Section 3 4 6 for step by step installation procedures Installing SANWatch on a Solaris Platform Follow these steps to install SANWatch on your server s and RAID subsystems Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 In
283. t Container rSnapshot Contai _ snapshot Conky y pb Extent List SCF Seas nire aie eea ne Right click to display ae abc commands Recover the consistencies i Clear suspect data F View and Edit Snapshot Set Snapshot Set s Snapshots Name _toavi gt _Parttion _ Current Max Image Sa K ZASMEEFI4E2C670 5 CK SHOSE 3 bis fe ES CF Step 2 Right click to display the configuration commands Left click on the Expand Snapshot Container command Step 3 A volume selection window will prompt Use a single click to select a RAID volume with free space and then select an unused partition Select a volume with free space Wi xpand Snapshot Contain Expand Snapshot Container ve Select Logical xv ema Select a RAID partition ID 1458CB5A P Y AP Size SOOOME E f 1D 534D50E P 41D Size 238214 P2 Partition s of LD 534D50E index 0 Offset OMB Size 500M8 Step 4 Click the OK button to complete the process As shown below the added partition will be listed in the Media Extent List 15 26 Configuration Process Data Service Snapshot View and Edit Snapshot Container snapshot Container s Media Extent List eet ppm ofa ee ee Eq 7O2E09FF 4B 3 s AE HE a7 1 7348 o Online View and Edit Snapshot Set snapshot Setis 3AADBD4F4FFD Se
284. t as a simple text file to your system drive Shown below is a Windows prompt Enter a file name and save the event log as a text file Save in E RAID GUI Tools v gt ime E My Recent Documents Desktop oO My Documents BE My Computer o File name l Save My Network Places Files of type Text Files Cancel Maintenance amp Configuration 14 7 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank 14 8 Maintenance amp Configuration Chapter 15 Data Service Snapshot This chapter introduces the beginning of data service functionalities the snapshot function group Topics include Snapshot Basics Configuration Process Snapshot Purge Policy Space Management Snapshot Scheduler amp Prune Policy Configuration 15 1 Snapshot Basics One of the difficulties of performing backup or retrieving data for other uses is that users access to the source data volume has to be temporarily stopped Traditionally this could be accomplished by going to a backup in a tape library However retrieving data from tapes may take hours days or even weeks There are alternatives such as mirrored volumes but producing full synchronization of two operating volumes consumes enormous resources and disk space Infortrend s snapshot is developed from a widely applied point in time and copy on write methodology A sequence of snapshot actions through a time line is described
285. tch User s Manual With an easy to use interface complicated disk array operations such as logical drive and logical volume creation drive partitioning and LUN mapping to host channels LUNs can be completed with just a few mouse clicks The Central Management utility an entrance portal to SANWatch provides convenient access to other management stations and to the RAID subsystems across storage networks The utility also provides an instant event log which can be exported to a text file Enclosure View Aay E E Information errr MSD ek ye Lagical Brave Iriforcraligra tn Logical Walucne himaan El Fiore Chana Status El System information bh Staisties f ea Habtlarance Information Summary T bipil Gree i J daiiro eA PAL Cache S126 BOC DOi Aree dA Drarpnrd 5A ai F Precicat Drives F thane chard Hind Fire Speed Gori E Task Schedules F channel Chaarel 1 rir Pie Saeed GH a E contgurstion T baaie SC RAS el e Quick installatices i natattaoe wiara d Croat Logical Orie H Eidsting Logical ewros oy Crate Logical Value Boy Iding Logia Velurnes F chama E poet Lun mapping 3J o m oo e O e e e OE k amp Eaj i ai SL Perigherd Sat Gevice ALTA T PS tahy Pahare fietected Jaj E STREP SLE Peripheral feet 0 Devine BOT OT PSU chaboe Bleck on line Ezi A T ELENE Penphea Se 0 Device ALDRT PAA status Fabre Debecbed z H 0 LE Perpherd Set 0 Device POTICE FAJL shab Boeck CneLine el HIDO BLT Periphera
286. te Gres Sechion in al Meda Estents combined 1027 hur of Data Area Seclapr Ahaia a1 i gE Snapshot Agent Snapshot Space Usage Indicator Scroll down on the Snapshot Status screen to see a percentage graph showing how much of storage space has been taken by snapshot images Configuration Process 15 9 SANWatch User s Manual Enclosure View kiiri 1 Tasks Under Process Snapshot Container Usage l h ee p g EI or fa es F mt kF as r Tis T i ar Sa LEA F Pee kal Slatistics if Maintenance gt Logical Drives Scroll do J Physical Drives endl GD Task Schedules i Configuration PY Data Service 3 3 Maintain Snapshot d Configure Snapshot 4 gt ype 1 ES 2007 06 05 18 26 53 NOTICENVRAM Factory Defouts Restored S 2 L 2007 06 05 1827 44 Cortroler initialization Completed 3 t 2007 06 06 18 5322 Controler initialization Completed 4 D E 2007 06 06 185322 Snapshot NOTICE SS O 2FFB7F077ABFE004 Space Thresh Exceeded 5 5 amp Ea 2007 06 06 185322 Snapshot ALERT SS 10 2FFB7F077ABFE00S Space Thresh Exceeded 10 Screen Item Description Snapshot Container Snapshot Container A randomly generated identifier for each Snapshot Container ID Online Offline The status of the Snapshot Container Online means a valid SC configuration Offline refers to states such as logical drive failure The size of smallest allocation unit in snapshot data differen
287. ted Refer to the instructions below to set the proper settings for the in band protocol to work 7 Step 1 First select the Peripheral Device Type submenu and then select Enclosure Services Devices lt Type 0xd gt Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view view 256 view view n Maximum Queued I 0 Count LUNs per Host SCSI ID 8 Max Number of Concurrent Host LUH Connection Def 4 gt Numb tion Def 32 gt No Device Present Type 8x7Ff gt foo ee H a Direct access Device Type gt v G Ba Sequential access Device Type i gt e Ax 7f gt T P Processor Device Type 3 gt Driv DICD ROM Device Type 5 gt Disk L Scanner Device Type 6 gt Cont MO Device Type 7 gt Storage Array Controller Device Type Hxc gt Enclosure Services Device Type 6xd gt Unknown Device Type x1f gt t Step 2 Select LUN Applicability Undefined LUN 0 s Only option 4 Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view View Maximum Queued 70 Count 256 view LUNs per Host SCSI ID 8 Max Number of Concurrent Host LUN Connection Def 4 gt Ret Humber of Tags Reserved for each Host LUM Connection Def 32 gt Peripheral Device Type Parameters H T T Peripheral Device Type Mo Device Present lt T ype AxYf T Peripheral Device Qualifier Connected Device Supports Removable Media
288. ter Shell Commands Under System menu the Open Device command lets you connect to a RAID array This command triggers the connection prompt Multiple arrays can be managed each in a separate management window Click the Auto Discovery command will start a new search of any available RAID systems in the specific IP ranges on the network The function can be setup using Configuration Client utility The Exit command under the System menu is always available and is used to end all SANWatch Manager sessions at once The Language items allow you to display the on screen GUI instructions commands messages and explanatory legends in a different languages The current supporting languages are English Deutsch Spanish and Japanese The Window command allows you to enlarge shrink or rearrange the system view window s Please refer to 6 9 Arranging Windows for details on the use of the Window commands Under the Help menu the About command displays a window that provides SANWatch version and copyright information The Help Topic commands displays the online help contents which are implemented in Java Help format You may click the What s this command move it around the screen and display related information by a second mouse click on the screen element you are interested in 6 16 Look and Feel Chapter 6 Basic Operations 6 5 5 Management Window Commands Look and Feel PESANWatch System Language Window Help
289. the From part of email notification functionality Enabled Select this check box to enable email notification Subject Allows you to append a subject matter to event notification emails e g Events from RAID 3 array t Step 3 Click Apply or OK to proceed with configuration Note that the configuration will be saved to the reserved space on the array and may cause a short delay t Step 4 Click Mail Address List from the tabbed panel above Fill in or select the following configuration fields 13 4 Configuring the Utility Options Chapter 13 NPC Utility Installation Lo nfig ure SSL Notification Process Center Setting Base Setting Mail Address List Patel E Receiver Severity Recerver s Emaik Receiver s email Shows a list of all the email addresses that the NPC will send a message to Addresses added will be listed on the right Severity Select the severity level of events to be sent to the receiver Station Step 5 Click Apply or OK to complete the configuration 13 2 3 SNMP Traps t Step 1 Click on the Notification Process Center Setting tab and SNMP Trap to display SNMP settings 1 Co ntig ure j zje SSL Notification Process Center Setting Nea ae aS i Enabled i Community aublie t Step 2 Fill in or select the following configuration fields Enabled Select this check box to enable the notification Community T
290. the Scheduler commands Use the same method described previously in the Calendar View configuration procedure to create edit or delete a schedule The Prune Rule column at the lower screen provides information about the Prune policy settings bundled with each snapshot schedule Snapshot Scheduler amp Prune Policy Configuration 15 37 SANWatch User s Manual Schedule Event Log View and Edit Snapshot Schedules G Calendar G Table View Schedule Event Log schedule Event Log BiTake Snapshot 2007 05 21 16 10 03 papahe SERT TORE Ma Take Snapshot 3 4cazaass4952 1c BiTake Snapshot 2007 05 21 17 10 04 Snapshot Set 732f470806734874 Take Snapshot 508bd4de20ec4d74b ETake Snapshot 2007 05 21 18 10 06 Snapshot Set 732F470806734874 Take Snapshot 559calba7cb4sbor Take Snapshot 2007 05 21 19 10 03 Snapshot Set 732F470806734874 Take Snapshot edS3alaSh7S7eaa Take Snapshot 2007 05 21 20 10 06 Snapshot Set 732470806734874 Take Snapshot 7al 1e26b286137e2e aa Snapshot 2007 05 21 21 10 04 Snapshot Set SeF4 70806734874 Take Snapshot 142a4183020524fb BlTake Snapshot 2007 05 21 22 10 03 Snapshot Set 732f470806734874 Take Snapshot 13c6075247d319d9 ETake Snapshot 2007 05 21 23 10 04 Snapshot Set 732F4 708068734874 Take Snapshot 3749c26d3a4a5bc1 ElTake Snapshot 2007 05 22 00 10 03 Snapshot Set 732F470806734874 Take Snapshot 7a50884d271 1 1F3e Bi Take Snapshot 2007 05 22 01 10 04 Snapsh
291. the controller hardware and firmware documentation Accessing the Configuration Parameters Options Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters 7 2 Communications To configure the Communication options select the Communication page from the Configuration Parameters window Configuration Parameters Communication Controller System Password Threshold Redun CRS232 Port o COM 1 COM 1 Q com2 Terminal Emulation Baud rate Network Interface ono LAN 0 00D023000233 Static DHP RARP G E00TP IP Address oo Subnet Mask Default Gateway Apply RS 232C Port Infortrend RAID subsystems controllers come with one or two serial ports Before proceeding with configuration first select COM1 or COM2 by a single mouse click Terminal emulation allows you to enable or disable the terminal emulation option If you want to connect the COM port to a computer running terminal emulation enable the option and set the identical baud rate to the computer COM port Baud rate allows you to control the serial port baud rate Select an appropriate value from the pull down menu Network Interface Depending on your network setting select a protocol selection circle to obtain adequate TCP IP support This column is used to configure the subsystem s Ethernet port If the Static box is selected consult your network administrator for appropriate IP address subnet mask and gateway
292. the processing capability of storage systems This technology is designed to provide reliability in disk array systems and to take advantage of the performance gains multiple disks can offer RAID comes with a redundancy feature that ensures fault tolerant uninterrupted disk storage operations In the event of a disk failure disk access will still continue normally with the failure transparent to the host system RAID has several different levels and can be configured into multi levels such as RAID 10 30 and 50 RAID levels 1 3 and 5 are the most commonly used levels while RAID levels 2 and 4 are rarely implemented The following sections described in detail each of the commonly used RAID levels RAID offers the advantages of Availability Capacity and Performance Choosing the right RAID level and drive failure management can increase data Availability subsequently increasing system Performance and storage Capacity Infortrend external RAID controllers provide complete RAID functionality and enhance drive failure management Non RAID Storage One common option for expanding disk storage capacity is simply to install multiple disk drives into the system and then combine them end to end This method is called disk spanning In disk spanning the total disk capacity is equivalent to the sum of the capacities of all SCSI drives in the combination This combination appears to the system as a single logical drive For example combining f
293. this software YOUR FIRST USE OF THIS SOFTWARE INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NWOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE 1 Customer may use SARMVatch Sotware on a single user computer or a single terminal or workstation of a multi user computer or network 2 Customer may not sublicense assign rent lease or transfer in Product Level Professional License Key File License Key File Mot Specified SiN OO088405 Generate License Apply File License Key File Download Cancel Program Updates As Infortrend s valued customer you are entitled to free program updates You can download the latest version of SANWatch from Infortrend s FTP sites at ftp infortrend com tw or the esupport websites For customers granted special access the update files can also be found in the VIP section of Infortrend s website For more information about this service contact Infortrend support or an Infortrend distributor in your area Program Updates 3 7 3 7 1 3 7 2 In band SCSI Chapter 3 Installation In band SCSI Overview To meet the needs of device monitoring and administration more and more external devices require communication with the host computers Out of band connections such as an Ethernet port can be used to achieve this goal An alternative way of communication is in band SCSI which transfers configuratio
294. tials Similar to data blocks in ordinary storage media Array status Status of the Source Volume that this Snapshot Container is referring to Current Max Media The number of RAID volume LD LV or partitions currently Extent contained within this Snapshot Container and the max number of volumes allowed Inode Table Entry Inode refers to the infrastructure table used to organize data Size differentials differential locations and relational information Total Number of Total number of inodes in all storage volumes allocated for a Inodes in all Media Snapshot Container Extents Combined Number of Inode Number of inodes allocated for snapshot operation Allocated Number of Data Area Number of Data Area Sections in all storage volumes allocated for Section in all Media a Snapshot Container Extents Combined Number of Data Area Number of Data Area Sections consumed for the current Section Allocated snapshot operation Snapshot Set LD LV Partition The unique ID of the source volume this Snapshot Set is to Activated A snapshot image has been created in the Snapshot Set Array status the status of the RAID array that this Snapshot Set is referring to Data Block Size Data blocks consumed by the Snapshot Images in this Snapshot Set Current Active The unique ID s of the currently activated Snapshot Image s Snapshot Image ID Snapshot Image Activation Sequence When a snapshot image is activated it appear
295. till continue normally with the failure transparent to the host system RAID has several levels and multi level configurations including RAID 10 30 50 and 60 RAID levels 1 3 and 5 are the most commonly used levels while the latest RAID level 6 is also available Appendix C RAID Levels gives information about these levels and the benefits of each Infortrend disk arrays support disk drive hot swapping so that a failed drive can be replaced while the disk array system continues servicing I Os Standby spares can also be assigned so that as soon as a drive fails the spare is automatically configured into the array and reconstruction will commence Definition of Terms This section describes some of the disk array terms used in this documentation Physical drives These are the actual drives installed into the enclosure drive slots These drives are displayed in Enclosure View and the Front View of different configuration windows Spare drives These are physical drives that serve as backups When a drive fails the spare automatically joins the array and data reconstruction commences immediately Dedicated Local Enclosure specific and Global Spares are shown in different colors A Dedicated Spare appears in the same color as other members of the logical drive it belongs to A Global Spare uses the default color black All types of spares have an orange cross superimposed on them Replacement drives These are physical dr
296. tion enabled If your current firmware configuration does not match the above when you activate the Data Service the above preferences will automatically apply GUI Structure Snapshot options are categorized under the eee Data Service and the I Physical Drives Agent function groups aia ee Task Schedules System Acton Help CO SSE ik Configuration Quick Installation Po installation Wizard gt Create Logical Drive gt Existing Logical Drives Create Logical Volume ED Existing Logical Volumes f f Channel ual Host LUN Mapping Configuration Fararieter qn Snapshot Information oo Maintain Snapshot Data service ga Snapshot Agent Agent service EA Snapshot Schedules Scheduler utility A single click on one of the function icons opens one of the following windows iD IMPORTANT The Agent function group appears only with an in band directly attached connection With flush agents running on host OS application caches can be properly flushed before taking snapshots and therefore the Snapshot scheduler utility is only available where SANWatch is installed on a server that is directly attached to RAID storage A remote SANWatch console is also available by connecting the server IP the RAID agents running on the application server act as flush agents as well as the bridging element between RAID system firmware and the management interface 15 8 Configuration Process Data Service Sna
297. tion Client modules onto two or more computers can prevent chance of down time in the event of server shutdown or failure see Figure 1 5 Installation Software Modules Mode One Management Center Root Agent Configuration Client utility Mode Three RAID agents in RAID Arrays not necessary for JBODs Featured Highlights 1 9 SANWatch User s Manual Java Runtime Required for a browser access Table 1 3 Software Modules SANWatch Console over Browser invoked Java Applet RAIDWatch in SAN Environment Server ee Server B 1 pa Server A e i a z x LE a ES l SAN PC Lins T a ar iia puyi T Conigration Client m Maonageament Stat lon Arrays Agents on RAID Figure 1 5 Typical SANWatch Connection Applet Mode Stand alone Out of Band on Subsystem Installation This installation mode provides management access without the Central Management utility Event notification is provided through an independent NPC utility SANWatch accesses RAID subsystems over the network through the command exchanges between a manager station and SANWatch agents previously installed to array hard drives See Figure 1 6 The management session and the NPC configuration screen are invoked as a Java Applet Installation Software Modules RAID agents in RAID Array firmware Required for a browser access Table 1 4 Software Modules Management Only RAIDWatch Installed onto RAID
298. ts combined 10000 Number of Data Area Section Allocated 312 Snapshot Container A single click on one of the Snapshot Containers displays the ID related information Snapshot Container ID is a unique identifier randomly generated by firmware The status of the Snapshot Container Online means a valid SC configuration Offline refers to degraded states such as a logical drive failure Data Area Section The size of smallest allocation unit in snapshot data differentials Size Similar to data blocks in ordinary storage media Array status Status of the Source Volume that this Snapshot Container is referring to Current Max Media The number of RAID volume LD LV or partitions currently Extent contained within this Snapshot Container and the max number of volumes allowed Configuration Process 15 11 SANWatch User s Manual Inode Table Entry Inode refers to the infrastructure table used to organize data Size differentials differential locations and relational information Total Number of Total number of inodes in all contained storage volumes allocated Inodes in all Media for a Snapshot Container Extents Combined Number of Inode Number of inodes allocated for snapshot operation Allocated Number of Data Area Number of Data Area Sections in all storage volumes allocated for Section in all Media a Snapshot Container Extents Combined Number of Data Area Number of Data Area Sections consumed for the curre
299. u exit all windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you hava running Click Next to continue with the setup program If you selected the Next button the License Agreement window shown below will appear First read through the License Agreement If you are in agreement with the specified terms and wish to continue installing the SANWatch program select Accept If you do not wish to continue with the installation process then select the Decline button 3 13 SANWatch User s Manual I infortrend SANWatch License Agreement oe ef x z gt Please read this license agreement before using this software This agreement is a legal binding contract between you Customer and Infortrend Technology Inc Infortrend governing the use of this software Your first use of this software Indicates your acceptance of the terms and conditions of this agreement If you do not agree to these terms and conditions do not install or use the software 1 Customer may use SAN Watch Software on a single user computer or a single terminal or workstation of a multi user computer or network 2 Customer may not sublicense assign rent lease or transfer in whole or in part the Software without the prior written consent of Infortrend Decline t Step 3 If you accepted the License Agreement a new window with two installation option
300. ubsystem Installation Main features of the RAID based installation method are listed below e SANWatch support2 installation to array hard drives A portion of the drive capacity 256MB of disk space is segregated and formatted on each hard drive This segregated portion is called a reserved space Once installation begins SANWatch s main programs are automatically transferred to the reserved space If the In band connection to RAID arrays is used the SANWatch program can access the arrays only when the following apply 1 One logical drive exists and is associated with host ID LUNs Use the LCD keypad panel or RS 232 terminal program to create a logical drive when you are using a completely new array before installing SANWatch version 2 0 or above 2 Another way to establish In band connection is to configure RAID subsystems host side parameters settings such as Peripheral Device Type and Peripheral Device Qualifier over a terminal emulation console There is no need to install the SANWatch program to your management computer If the arrays are managed by dual redundant controllers in the event of single controller failure the manager interface Conceptual Foundation 1 13 SANWatch User s Manual can failover to a partner controller Operators access to the system will not be interrupted However it is imperative that you connect both controllers Ethernet ports to the network The RAID s
301. ubsystem can be accessed from a remote station running a web browser SANWatch now runs in the Java Applet mode Applet is executed when the connection is established between a remote browser and the RAID subsystem Web browsers which are often equipped with Java virtual machines can interpret applets from web servers The controller firmware has an embedded HTTP server When properly configured the controller subsystem s Ethernet port behaves like an HTTP server Conceptual Foundation Chapter 2 SANWatch Considerations Before you begin installing SANWatch the following should be considered Background Information Section 2 1 on Page 2 2 Definition of Terms Section 2 2 on Page 2 2 Operating with Spare Drives Section 2 3 on Page 2 3 Operating without Spare Drives Section 2 4 on Page 2 3 Before You Start Section 2 5 on Page 2 4 Background Information 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 SANWatch User s Manual Background Information Redundant Arrays of Independent Disks RAID is a storage technology used to improve the processing capability of storage systems This technology is designed to provide reliability i e fault tolerance in disk array systems and to take advantage of the performance gains by spinning multiple disks together RAID comes with a redundancy feature that ensures fault tolerant uninterrupted disk storage operations In the event of a disk failure disk access will s
302. using a single workstation Important information that users should be aware of is indicated using the following icons NOTE These messages inform the reader of essential but non critical information These messages should be read carefully as any directions or instructions contained therein can help you avoid making mistakes A CAUTION Cautionary messages should also be heeded to help you reduce the chance of losing data or damaging the system XV SANWatch User s Manual xvi iD IMPORTANT The Important messages contain information that might otherwise be overlooked or configuration details that can cause negative results A WARNING Warnings appear where overlooked details may cause damage to the equipment or result in personal injury Warnings should be taken seriously Software and Firmware Updates Please contact your system vendor or visit Infortrend s esupport or VIProom websites for the latest software or firmware updates Problems that occur during the updating process may cause irrecoverable errors and system down time Always consult technical personnel before proceeding with any firmware upgrade Firmware version installed on your system should provide the complete functionalities listed in the specification sheet user s manual We provide special revisions for various application purposes Therefore DO NOT upgrade your firmware unless you fully understand what a firmware revision will d
303. ut the process you will be able to select a sequence of configurable parameters including those related to fault tolerance performance and capacity usage Press the Next button to begin array configuration Press the Next button to begin the wizard Start the Wizard 6 8 3 Create Logical Drive Window When the Create Logical Drive window is opened the screen shown in Figure 6 21 will appear The basic rules for using the functional elements in the Create Logical Drive window are This window uses a parallel display principle To create a logical drive select its members from the Front View window each by a single mouse click The Selected Members window then displays the disk drives slot IDs and sizes The creation screen also employs an up then down pattern with the configuration process Important logical drive characteristics are set using the dropdown lists at the lower part of the configuration screen The creation procedure is completed by clicking the OK button at the bottom of the screen A selected physical drive is highlighted by a bright blue square a second mouse click on it deselects the disk drive Create Logical Drive Front View Selected Members Size MB 238214 285846 140043 238214 Drive Size MB 4 40043 RAID Level RAID6 Spare Stripe Size 128K Defa F Write Policy beat ttiC NS S Initialization On Line v OK Reset Figu
304. ve SATA Speed Channel 12 Drive SATA Speed Channel 13 Drive SATA Speed Channel 14 Drive SATA Speed Channel 15 Drive SATA Speed Channel 16 Drive SATA Speed Channel 1 Drive SATA Speed User Configurable Channel Parameters Channel Mode Host v Current Transfer Clock 160 MHZ 160 MHz Current Transfer Width Vvide Default Transfer Clock Default Transfer V idth wide v Termination 5 Enabled G Disabled Parity Check Enabled G Disabled Apply 8 3 SANWatch User s Manual 8 4 8 2 1 Channel Parameters EonStor 1U Controller Head Series Channel Channel 0 Host Fibre Speed 2 GHz Parameters ID Channel 1 Host Fibre Speed Auto Channel 2 Drive RCCOM Fibre Speed 2 GHz Channel Mode Drivesecom v Channel 3 Drive RCCOM Fibre Speed 2 GHz Drive Channel 4 Host Fibre Speed 2 GHZ Current Data Rate 2 GHA 56 Channel 5 Host Fibre Speed 2 GHz RCCOM Default Data Rate Drive RCCOM Current Transfer Width Serial Apply Channel Mode This configuration option is exclusively available with the EonStor 2510FS controller head and Fibre to Fibre RAID subsystems The EonStor series controller allows flexible reconfigurations of its I O channels An I O channel can be assigned as Host Drive dedicated RCC RCCOM or Drive RCCOM channels For example the combination of I O channels may look like the following
305. vigation panel or select the command from the Action command menu The events in the window are listed according to the date and time they occurred with the most recent event at the bottom A description of each event is provided t Step 2 A Refresh button allows you to renew the information in cases when loop IDs are changed or an LIP has been issued Fibre Channel List y Channel 0 Host Fibre ID 42 47 Speed 1 GHz Channel 1 Host Fibre ID 112 113 Speed 1 GHz Channel Status Topology Loop Fibre Channel Speed 1 GHz Link Status Link Up Port Win 200000206441 2345 Node WH 1000002064412345 Loop ID 42 47 Fibre Channel Address System Information This is a view only window This window contains information about the Operating status of major components including CPU board temperature and enclosure modules like cooling fan and power supply units If the application includes multiple cascaded enclosures you may also refer to the Enclosure View window where a faulty unit is indicated by the lit red LED The color display of the LEDs shown on enclosure graphics corresponds to the real situation on the enclosure modules Fibre Channel Status SANWatch User s Manual System Information Device Name lt m CPU Type PPC750 am Total Cache Size 512MB ECC SDRAM am Firmware Version 3 344 emp Bootrecor
306. volume is striped across the members Accessing Logical Volume Information t Step 1 To access the Logical Volume Information single click its display icon on the navigation panel or select the command from the Action command menu After opening the information window select a logical volume by single mouse click The window defaults to the first volume on the list Logical Volume Status E o sr 744216 Size 500MB B io aF 749204 Size 600MB Partition s of LY SFES4C37 Related Information SFT ASG 2004 02 05 TAH STAG 6 3004 02 05 WA Step2 As shown above once a configured volume is selected its members will be displayed in the Members column The volume s logical partition s are displayed on the right as a segmented color bar Each segment represents a partition of the volume capacity The Related Information column only displays messages that are related to the selected volume Logical Volume Information 11 10 11 5 11 6 11 11 Chapter 11 System Monitoring and Management Fibre Channel Status This window is automatically grayed out on subsystems featuring SCSI or iSCSI host channels The Fibre Channel Status window displays information such as WWN port name and node name This information is necessary in storage applications managed by SAN management software or failover drivers 7 Step 1 To access the window click on the Fibre Channel Status icon on the GUI na
307. w Start Using SANWatch Manager Chapter 6 Basic Operations Selecting the Refresh button allows you to re connect with an array if a RAID system has been temporarily disconnected e g the RAID system is being reset or the host links were disconnected for maintenance reasons 6 4 Security Authorized Access Levels Password protection is implemented with the Connection wizard to prevent unauthorized access to configured arrays This protection which is implemented along with the security access levels prompts a user for the station password the first time he or she attempts to connect to a RAID system By default no password is required to access a RAID system using the first two protection levels Configuration Administrator and Maintenance User A default password is required for the Information login Default Passwords Configuration Password previously set for the controller subsystem press Enter for none The password can be changed in Configuration Parameters window in SANWatch s main program Maintenance You can configure a password for this level login in Configuration Parameters window in SANWatch s main program Information Default password is 1234 It is recommended to configure passwords for the first two access levels at the first time you successfully connect to an array Information users can monitor array status and see event messages A user logging for Mainten
308. w Remember that deleting an LD results in destroying all data on the LD e IMPORTANT Deleting a logical drive irretrievably wipes all data currently stored on the logical drive Logical Drive Management Chapter 9 Drive Management amp Step 1 Select the logical drive you wish to remove with a single mouse click Right click on the adjacent screen area A command menu will prompt as shown below Logical Drives A SSF74216 ETE oe SEDBRSES Click ta select a logical drive fron the list aboe Front View Functions RAID JBOD ChI 0 ID 16 JBOD ChI 0 1D 32 Properties Add Disk Expana LO Assignment Marre irite Policy Defaut e t Step 2 Select the Delete Logical Drive command The delete process is completed almost immediately e t Step 3 Once the Delete command has been selected a confirm box will prompt asking you whether to proceed or not e t Step 4 If you are certain that you wish to delete the LD press the OK button If you are not sure click the Cancel button Logical Drive Management 9 19 SANWatch User s Manual 9 3 Logical Volume Management Combining logical drives together creates logical volumes You can combine logical drives with different capacities and RAID levels into a single logical volume gt NOTE When you delete a logical volume all logical drives assigned to it will be released making them available for new logical volu
309. ware is embedded with intelligent algorithms to detect and to adapt the array s caching mode to the I O requests characteristics The capability is described as follows Redundant Controller Settings 744 SANWatch User s Manual 1 When enabled the adaptive write policy optimizes array performance for sequential writes 2 The adaptive policy temporarily disables an array s write caching algorithm when handling sequential writes Write caching can be unnecessary with sequential writes so that write requests can be more efficiently fulfilled by writing data onto disk drives in the order in which they are received 3 The adaptive policy changes the preset write policy of an array when handling I Os with heterogeneous characteristics If the firmware determines it is receiving write requests in a sequential order the write back caching algorithm is disabled on the target logical drives If subsequent I Os are fragmented and received randomly the firmware automatically restores the original write cache policy of the target logical drives Adaptation for Redundant Controller Operation 4 If arrays managed by a redundant controller configuration are configured to operate with write back caching cached data will be constantly synchronized between the partner controllers Synchronization consumes system resources By disabling synchronization and write back caching the direct writes to system drives can be more efficient Upon re
310. xus again Many I Os can be accessed via the same nexus Tag Reserved Per Host LUN Connection Each nexus has 32 the default setting tags reserved When the host computer sends 8 I O tags to the controller and the controller is too busy to process them all the host might start to send less than 8 tags during every certain period of time since then This setting ensures that the controller will accept at least 32 tags per nexus The controller will be able to accept more than that as long as the controller internal resources allow if the controller does not have enough resources at least 32 tags can be accepted per nexus Peripheral Device Type Peripheral Device Qualifier Device Supports Removable Media LUN applicability If no logical drive has been created and mapped to a host LUN and the RAID Host side Drive side and Disk Array Parameters Chapter 7 Configuration Parameters controller is the only device connected to the host SCSI card usually the operating system will not load the driver for the host adapter If the driver is not loaded the host computer will not be able to use the in band utility to communicate with the RAID controller This is often the case when users want to start configuring a RAID using management software from the host It will be necessary to configure the Peripheral Device Type setting for the host to communicate with the controller If the LUN 0 s only is selected only LUN O of the host ID
311. y click the Show Root Agent List button on the bottom of the SANWatch Connection window The window displays the tree tables of the available RAID systems that are detected by the Auto Discovery function An example of an Agent List window is shown below Start Using SANWatch Manager Chapter 6 Basic Operations PEsanwatch System Language Window Help 2 Agent List Root Agent Please right click mouse atthe target then select command fe u Li XXX XXX XX XXX ID 6645 3510 IP 1 Configuration ID 2DCDA F16F R4031 6 IP xxx KK XXH ID FB99E MRASOO_R IP xxx xxx RM KKX ts 8 MRK KKK KK KK te Auto Discovery t Step 2 If you like to add a new root agent single click on the Root Agent command menu in the Agent List window and select Add Root Agent Enter a root agent IP address in the address prompt Any RAID systems that are managed through the intermediate root agent will be shown in a tree table in the Agent List window Ffsanwatch System Language Window Help 4 Agent List Root Agent Add Root Agent at the target then select command Refresh Exit t Step 3 You may refresh the devices displayed on the Agent List window by selecting Refresh under the Root Agent command menu t Step 4 Click on the controller subsystem that you want to manage and select an authorized access level Enter any necessary password and the program will
312. ystem applications Stripe Width The number of physical drives used for a stripe As a rule the wider the stripe the better the performance Write back Cache Many modern disk controllers have several gigabytes of cache on board The onboard cache gives the controller greater freedom in scheduling reads and writes to disks attached to the RAID controller In the write back mode the controller reports a write operation as complete as soon as the data is in the cache This sequence improves write performance at the expense of reliability Power failures or system crashes on a system without cache protection e g a BBU or UPS can result in lost data in the cache possibly corrupting the file system Write through Cache The opposite of write back When running in a write through mode the controller will not report a write as complete until it is written to the disk drives This sequence reduces read write performance by forcing the controller to suspend an operation while it satisfies the write request App 1 1 SANWatch User s Manual This page is intentionally left blank App 12 Glossary Appendices Appendix C RAID Levels C 1 C 2 RAID Levels This appendix provides a functional description of Redundant Array of Independent Disks RAID This includes information about RAID and available RAID levels RAID Description Redundant Array of Independent Disks RAID is a storage technology used to improve

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Intimus Pro 802 CC  Plasma User Manual    HP ProLiant 360 G6 E5520  mise en garde  Owners manual Final 21011 FR-EN combo  normas internas do laboratório de química e bioquímica ni  DNA Music Labs Hotkey Matrix User Manual    NETWORK OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 12pCO DOMINO System  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file